人教版七年级上册英语导学案精品+精选检测试卷

人教版七年级上册英语导学案精品+精选检测试卷

人教版七年级上册英语导学案精品+精选检测试卷 ‎ 七年级上册全册导学案 ‎【课题Start Unit1 sectionA 1a—2b (1课时) ‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎ 1. 识别和掌握八个人名。‎ ‎2. 学会早上见面打招呼的用语。 ‎ ‎3. 正确认读Aa-Hh八个字母。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1. Hello! Good morning!‎ ‎2. Alice, Bob, Cindy, Dale, Eric, Frank, Grace, Helen八个人名的掌握 。‎ ‎3.A--H八个字母的学习，能认读，会书写。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 通过听唱英语歌曲“Good morning!” 开始英语教学。看卡片学习英语名字，八个人名 Alice, Bob, Cindy, Dale, Eric, Frank, Grace, Helen 。介绍Hello用于见面时打招呼。Good morning!用于早上见面问好。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ ‎1.观看课本插图，听一听，读一读课本1a 。‎ ‎2.小组练习打招呼，教师巡回指导。‎ A: Hello, Frank!‎ B: Hello, Alice!‎ A: Good morning, Frank!(早上好，Frank)‎ B: Good morning, Alice!( 早上好，Alice) ‎ ‎3.学习字母Aa Bb Cc Dd Ee Ff Gg Hh 的正确发音。‎ Aa /ei/ Bb /bi:/ Cc /si:/ Dd /di:/ ‎ Ee /i:/ Ff / ef/ Gg /dVi:/ Hh /eitF/‎ ‎4.正确书写字母。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎1.小组训练早上见面打招呼。‎ ‎2.小组表演比赛。‎ ‎3.完成句子。‎ ‎—— ______________(早上好，Helen！)‎ ‎——______________（嗨，Bob，早上好！）‎ ‎4.写出下列字母的相应大小写字母。‎ A________ b_______ C________ D_________‎ E_________ f________ G________ h_________‎ ‎5.写出下列字母相邻的字母。‎ ‎____Bb____ _____Cc_____ Ee____Gg Ff____Hh_‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.学会早上见面的简单问候。‎ ‎2. 识别和掌握八个人名：Alice, Bob, Cindy, Dale, Eric, Frank, Grace, Helen.‎ ‎3.学会字母Aa——Hh 的正确发音，及正确书写。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎1.早上见面主动用英语问好。‎ ‎2.熟悉人名Alice, Bob, Cindy, Dale, Eric, Frank, Grace, Helen .‎ ‎3.查词典为自己找一个喜欢的英语名字。 ‎ ‎4._______ ________ (早上好)，Mr. Wang!‎ ‎5. —— Good morning, Mary.‎ ‎ ——___________.‎ ‎ A. Good morning B. Good evening C. Good afternoon D. Hello ‎6.根据所给的字母的音标,写出大、小写字母。 ‎ ‎1)/si：/________ 2)/di：/ ________ 3)/ef/________ 4)/bi:/_______‎ ‎5)/ ei /_______ 6)/eit /_________ 7)/i:/________ 8) /dVi:/ _______‎ ‎7.写出下列大字字母的小写字母。‎ ‎1) BEE ________ 2)BAG _______ 3)BED _______ 4)HB _______‎ ‎5)CD _______ 6)ABC ________ 7)AD _______ 8)CAAC _______.‎ ‎8.把与汉语相关的英语规范地写在四线三格中。‎ ‎ 1）海伦早上好！‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎2）早上好，Alice 。‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎ 【课题】 Start Unit1 sectionA 2c—4 c (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎ 1.学会正确朗读和书写Aa-Hh八个字母。‎ ‎2.了解一些常用缩略字的含义。 ‎ ‎3.巩固所学的八个人名。‎ ‎4.有英文名字的记住自己和同伴的英文名字。‎ ‎5.学会不同时段打招呼的用语。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.学会简单的问候用语及不同时段打招呼的用语。 ‎ ‎2.八个字母的正确书写和记住尽可能多的名字。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 复习Aa-Hh八个字母，早上见面用英语打招呼，讨论下午、晚上见面怎样用英语打招呼。‎ 一、自主互助学习 ‎ 1. 正确朗读和书写Aa-Hh八个字母。‎ 2. 巩固所学的八个人名，记住自己和同伴的英文名字。‎ ‎3. 听读课本2c完成2c练习。‎ 二、小组展示探究 ‎1. 看图片上的时钟让学生清楚地认识morning, afternoon and evening.这三个单词的区别，学会在不同时段来使用它们。通过图片的场景进一步加深对Good morning. Good afternoon. Good evening..这三个句子的理解和应用。‎ ‎2.体会打招呼用语的奥妙所在，做到灵活运用。‎ ‎ 1）Good morning / afternoon /evening：适用于比较正式客气的场合，双方都应说Good morning / afternoon /evening!例如：‎ ‎ A：Good morning，Miss wang．早晨好，王老师。‎ ‎ B：Good morning，Mr．zhang．早晨好，张老师。‎ ‎ 2）Morning：适用于比较熟悉的朋友之间或比较繁忙的情况下。‎ ‎ 3）Hello：是最广泛、最简单的打招呼语，显得亲切自然。例如：‎ ‎ A：Hello，Dale．你好，戴尔。‎ ‎ B：Hero，Helen．你好，海伦。‎ ‎ 4）Hi：在现代英语中，Hi比Hello用得更多，显得更随和。例如：‎ ‎ A：Hi，Han Meimei．你好，韩梅梅。‎ ‎ B：Hi，Lucy．你好，露西。‎ ‎3. 小组练习打招呼，教师巡回指。‎ A:---Good morning_____ . B:---Good morning_____.‎ A:---Good afternoon ______. B:---Good afternoon ______.‎ A:--- Good evening_______. B:--- Good evening_______.‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎1.写出下列字母的相应大小写字母。‎ A________ b_______ C________ D_________‎ E_________ f________ G________ h_________‎ ‎2.写出下列缩略词的意思。‎ HB________ CD______ BBC______‎ ‎3.小组对话练习。‎ ‎---Good morning, Helen! --- Good morning, Bob!‎ ‎---Good afternoon, Eric! ---Good afternoon, Grace!‎ ‎---Good evening, Helen! ---Good evening, Dale!‎ ‎---Hi, Alice! ---Hi, Cindy!‎ ‎---Hello, Frank! ---Hello, Dale!‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.正确朗读和书写Aa-Hh八个字母。‎ ‎2.不同时段打招呼的用语。‎ ‎3.三个常用缩略字的含义。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎1.写出下列大字字母的小写字母。‎ ‎1) BEE ________ 2)BAG _______ 3)BED _______ 4)HB _______‎ ‎5)CD _______ 6) ABC ________ 7)AD _______ 8)CAAC _______.‎ ‎2.看图写出下列图所表示内容的缩写字母。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ __________ ____________ ___________ ‎ ‎3. 选择题。‎ ‎ (    )1.“不明飞行物”的英文缩写是 。       A.  UFO         B.  HB        C.  CD          D.  BBC ‎(    )2. “美国篮球协会”的英文缩写是 。        A.  USA         B.  NBA       C.  ABC         D.  PBA ‎(    )3. 在市场上购买衣服时，你看到的表示“中”号的字母代表是。       A.  S            B.  L          C.  M           D.  XL ‎(    )4.早上和同学见面时，应该说 。 A.  Good morning     B.  Good afternoon  ‎ C. Good evening      D.  I'm OK ‎(    )5. “中国中央电视台”的英文缩写是。   A.  CCTO        B.  VOA      C.  CCTV        D.  TV ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Start Unit1 sectionB1—2b(1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎ 1.学习熟识朋友见面的问候语和应答。‎ ‎2.记住尽可能多的同学的名字。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.熟识朋友见面的问候语和应答。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 复习Aa-Hh八个字母，不同时段打招呼的用语。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ ‎1. 小组看图片讨论引出对话。‎ ‎--How are you? --I'm fine, thanks. ‎ ‎--How are you? --I'm OK.‎ ‎2.小组练习。 ‎ ‎ Hello, Frank! ‎ ‎ Hi, Cindy! How are you?‎ ‎ I'm fine/OK, thanks. ‎ ‎3．语言学导学。‎ ‎ 1）good ， fine ，都含有“好”的意思，但在用法等方面存在着如下区别： ‎ good是涵义最广的常用词，属一般用语。主要指“人的品质好”或“东西的质量好”等意思。‎ 如：  Helen is a good  children．海伦是一个好孩子。 ‎ ‎2）fine侧重于表示“质量精细”、“身体健康”，还可以表示“天气晴”等意，语气比good重。‎ 如：—How are you？你身体好吗？ ‎ ‎—Fine，thank you．很好，谢谢你。 ‎ It is a fine day today．今天天气晴朗。 ‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 一、请从B栏中找出与A栏相匹配的答语，将其序号填入题前括号内。‎ ‎ A B ‎（ ）1. How are you? A. Good afternoon, Dale.‎ ‎（ ）2.Good afternoon, Cindy. B. Hello ‎ ‎（ ）3. Hello! C. I'm fine, thanks.‎ ‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎( )1. 一Good evening, Eric. 一_________, Cindy.‎ A. Good morning B. Good afternoon C. Good evening ‎( )2. 一Good morning! 一_________.‎ A. Thank you. B. Good morning! C. Hello!‎ ‎( )3. 一Hello! 一_________.‎ A. Hello! B. Thank you. C. I'm fine.‎ ‎( )4. 一How are you? 一_________.‎ A. I'm fine, thanks B. My name is Li Lei C. Thank you ‎ ‎( )5. 早上老师进教室时，同学们应对老师说：“_________ ”‎ A. Hello! B. How are you?‎ C. Good morning，Mr／Miss…! D. Good afternoon！‎ ‎( )6. 当别人问你 “How are you?” 时，你应该说： “_________”‎ A. My name is Lin Lin. B. Yes, I am. ‎ C. I am not. D. I'm fine, thank you. ‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎ 1. 熟识朋友见面的问候语和应答。‎ ‎——Hello, Frank!‎ ‎ —— Hi, Cindy! How are you?‎ ‎ —— I'm fine/OK, thanks. ‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎　　（一）根据中文所给提示内容，写出相应的英语句子。‎ ‎　　 1. 朋友早晨见面时打招呼：___________________________________________‎ ‎ 2. 朋友之间见面询问对方身体状况：___________________________________________‎ ‎　　 3. 看见朋友手里有个物件你想知道其英语名字，你应该问。___________________________________________‎ ‎4. 下午见面时的问候语:___________________________________________‎ ‎　　  5. 听见对方说了Fine, thank you. And you?后，你的回答应该是。 ‎ ‎___________________________________________‎ ‎（ 二）把下列句子按正确顺序排列起来，只写字母标号。‎ ‎ Ａ　I'm OK.‎ ‎ B Hi, Cindy. How are you?‎ ‎ C I'm fine, thanks. How are you?‎ ‎ D Hi, Dale.‎ 正确顺序是：_____________________‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】Start Unit1 sectionB3a, 3b, 4, 5(1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.学会一首英语歌曲。‎ ‎2.巩固本单元所学字母，单词及句型。‎ ‎3.学习将相同元音音素的字母和单词归类（A/ei/, /æ/, E/i:/, /e/）。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.学好这首英语歌曲及将相同音素字母和单词归类。‎ ‎2.掌握元音字母A和E在单词中的发音。‎ ‎3. 熟练掌握8个字母和基本的问候用语。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 复习熟识朋友见面的问候语和应答。‎ ‎--How are you? --I'm fine, thanks. ‎ ‎--How are you? --I'm OK.‎ 自主互助学习 ‎1.小组合作完成课本P5上3b的大小写字母搭配题。读一读4表格内的单词，找出字母发音规律。教师巡回指导。‎ ‎2.听录音连线3a。‎ ‎3. 听录音读一读4中字母、单词，将相同元音音素的字母和单词归类（A/ei/, /æ/, E/i:/, /e/）。‎ ‎4.听录音学唱英语歌曲。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 一、选择填空。‎ ‎1. – Good morning. -- ____________ ‎ A. Fine. B. Thank you. C. Good morning.‎ ‎2. – Good evening, ____________. – Good evening.‎ A. Dale B. to Dale C. dale ‎3. -- ____________________ -- Good afternoon, Cindy.‎ A. Good afternoon, Cindy. B. Good afternoon, Eric. C. How are you?‎ ‎4. -- ___________________ -- I'm fine.‎ A. Good morning. B. I'm fine. C. How are you?‎ ‎5. _____________ is a girl's name (女孩名).‎ A. Bob B. Cindy C. Frank ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.学好这首英语歌曲。‎ ‎2.将相同音素字母和单词归类（A/ei/, /æ/, E/i:/, /e/）。‎ ‎3.掌握元音字母A和E在单词中的发音。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、比较下列每组字母或单词的读音，相同的用(S)， 不同的用(D)表示。‎ ‎1. b, a ( ) 2. c, e ( ) 3. a, e ( ) 4. b, d ( ) ‎ ‎5. a, c ( ) 6. Dale, Alice ( ) 7. Frank, thanks ( ) ‎ ‎8. evening, Helen ( ) 9. A, H ( ) 10. E, F ( )‎ ‎ 二、完成对话。‎ A: Good morning, Bob.‎ B: Good 1 , Alice.‎ A: How 2 you?‎ B: Fine, 3 . 4 are you?‎ A: I'm 5 .‎ ‎1. A. afternoon B. hello C. morning ‎2. A. is B. are C. am ‎3. A. thank B. thanks C. a thank ‎4. A. How B. What C. Who ‎5. A. Alice B. Bob C. fine 三、将下列名字分类。(10%)‎ A. Dale B. Helen C. Eric D. Alice E. Grace Boys’ name（男孩名）_________________________________‎ Girls’ name (女孩名) _________________________________‎ ‎ 四、选择题。‎ ‎ （ ）1.现在是下午2点，如果你见到朋友时，应该怎么说__________‎ ‎ A.Good morning! B.Hi ! C. Good afternoon ！D. I'm fine.‎ ‎ ( ) 2. 你出席一个晚会，应该怎样与别人打招呼?‎ ‎ A．How are you? B．I'm Kim．C．Good evening．D．Good morning.‎ ‎（ ）3. 下午你见到老师时，你应该说：“ __________ ．”‎ ‎ A．Good afternoon，teacher、 B．Good morning，teacher ‎ C．Teacher D．Good evening，teacher ‎( ) 4.------ __________________ ‎ ‎ ------ I’m OK，thanks．‎ ‎ A．Good morning． B．How are you?‎ ‎ C．Hello!Nice to meet you．D.Hi ‎( ) 5.在英语中单个字母代表一个单词的是 。 ‎ ‎ A. d B．h C．I D．g ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】Start Unit1 SelfCheck and Just for Fun (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.复习学过的英语歌曲。‎ ‎2.巩固本单元所学字母，单词及句型。‎ ‎3.学会将相同音素字母和单词归类。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.熟练掌握元音字母的发音规律，提高辨音能力。‎ ‎2.将相同音素归类。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 归纳总结本单元所学内容。‎ 自主互助学习 一、课前准备：‎ ‎ 1．大声朗读A-H八个字母。规范地书写出来。用硬纸片制作字母卡，大小写分别写在纸片正反两面。‎ ‎2．会朗读、默写和使用本单元生词：good, morning, hi, hello, afternoon, evening, how, are, you, am, fine, thanks 。‎ ‎ 3．句型学习：会试用本单元的日常交际用语，会用英语在不同时段打招呼。‎ ‎ 4．找出本单元的英文名字，并会读。给自己起一个喜欢的英文名字。‎ ‎ 5．你可以和你的合作伙伴一起找出我们所学过的含有A-H字母的单词，看谁找的多，并正确读出来。‎ 字母 字母发 音 单词中 发 音 ‎ 词 例 Aa ‎/ei/‎ ‎∕ei/‎ name, baby ‎ /e /‎ apple, cat, bag Bb ‎/bi:/‎ ‎ /b/‎ bag, big, ‎ Cc ‎ /si:/‎ ‎ /s/‎ city, nice ‎ /k/‎ cake, ‎ Dd ‎/di:/‎ ‎ /d/‎ bird ‎ Ee ‎ ‎ ‎/i:/‎ ‎ /i:/‎ he, bee, please ‎/e/‎ bed, yes, bread, ‎ Ff ‎ /ef/‎ ‎ /f/‎ five, life Gg ‎/d i:/‎ ‎ /g/‎ dog, ‎ Hh ‎/eit /‎ ‎ /h/‎ here,‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 1.完成Selfcheck 部分的相应练习题。‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎ 小组合作归纳总结本单元所学的八个字母、八个英语人名、用英语在不同时段打招呼、将相同音素归类、掌握元音字母的发音规律。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎ 一、按顺序.正确书默写本单元学过的八个字母的大小写。‎ ‎ ‎ 二、写出下列字母的左邻右舍。‎ ‎1. _____B______ 2. ______c______ 3. _____f______ 4. ____E_____ 5. _____g_____‎ 三、写出下列大写字母的小写字母。‎ ‎1. BEE ________ 2. BAG _______ 3. BED _______ 4. HB _______ 5. CD _______‎ ‎6. ABC ________ 7. AD _______ 8. CAAC _______ 9. BEC _______ 10. FACE _______‎ 四、给下列名字按照首字母顺序排序，把A, B, C等序号写在横线上。‎ A. Helen B. Grace C. Bob D. Cindy ‎ E. Alice F. Eric G. Frank H. Dale ‎1.______ 2. ______ 3. ______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. ______‎ 五、连词成句。‎ ‎1. good, you, to, morning ‎ ——————————————————————————‎ ‎2. you, hi, how, Grace, are ‎——————————————————————————‎ ‎3. fine, you, thank, I'm ‎——————————————————————————‎ ‎4. OK, I, thanks, am ‎ ‎——————————————————————————‎ ‎5. afternoon, Miss, good, Wang ‎——————————————————————————‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Start Unit2 sectionA 1a、1b、1c、4a、4b (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.复习巩固字母Aa—Hh 。‎ ‎2.复习打招呼的用语、朋友见面的问候语和应答。‎ ‎3.七个表示物体的单词的熟练掌握。‎ ‎4.确认物体的句型：What is this in English?‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.七个表示物体的单词map、 ruler、 pen、 orange、 key、 jacket、 quilt的熟练掌握。‎ ‎2.确认物体的句型：What is this in English?‎ It's/ a /an/ map/ orange/ jacket/ key/ pen /ruler /quilt.‎ ‎3. 区分a和an的用法。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 1.按照字母顺序正确默写上单元学过的八个字母的大小写。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 2.小组合作用英语完成对话。‎ ‎1)熟识朋友见面的问候语和应答。‎ ‎——Hello, Frank!‎ ‎ —— Hi, Cindy! How are you?‎ ‎ —— I'm fine/OK, thanks. ‎ ‎2) 一天见面打招呼的用语 。‎ ‎---Good morning, Helen! --- , Bob!‎ ‎---Good , Eric! ---Good afternoon, Grace!‎ ‎---Good evening, Helen! ---- , Dale!‎ ‎---Hi, Alice! ---Hi, Cindy!‎ ‎---Hello, Frank! ---Hello, Dale!‎ ‎ 3）小组比一比唱一首英语歌曲。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ ‎ 1.看图认一认1a中认识的字母，并把它写下来。小组讨论答案，教师巡回检查。‎ ‎2.看图认物品，努力用英语说出认识的物品，小组比一比，哪一个小组认识的物品多。‎ ‎ 共同探究 ‎1.师生互动 老师举起一把钥匙说: What's this in English ? It's a key .‎ 重复并让学生跟读，再用 a pen，a ruler 等实物反复操作，让学生观察拼写，掌握发音，接下来学生问，老师答。‎ ‎2. 小组互动。‎ ‎ 1) 看图片或者用实物小组做对话练习。‎ ‎ 2） 听 1a 录音，指出听到的物品。‎ ‎3）用图中物品，双人自由问答并表演。‎ What's this in English? ‎ It's a /an…‎ ‎4）他录音做4a练习，给物品编号。‎ ‎5）观察区分a和an的用法。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 1. 单项选择。‎ ‎（ ）1. What's this in English? It's __________.‎ A. orange B. an orange C. a orange ‎( ) 2. What's this _____________? It's a pen.‎ A. in English B. for English C. English ‎ ‎( ) 3. __________ this? It's an apple.‎ A. What're B. What C. What's ‎( ) 4. What's this？ ___________________.‎ A. This’s a quilt B. It's a quilt C. I'm a quilt ‎( ) 5. Hello, Eric! _________,Dale !‎ A. Hello B. Sit down C. I'm OK ‎( ) 6. How are you,Helen? ____________.‎ A. Fine, thank you. B. Good afternoon C. I'm OK.‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎ 1. 掌握七个表示物体的单词map， ruler， pen， orange， key， jacket， quilt .‎ ‎2.确认物体的句型：What is this in English?‎ It's/ a /an/ map/ orange/ jacket/ key/ pen /ruler /quilt .‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎ 1. 翻译下列单词。‎ ruler __________ map______________ pen________________‎ orange__________ jacket_____________ quilt_______________‎ key_____________ what______________ is_________________‎ ‎2.想一想你在本节课里学的单词和句子，请在下面横线上写出来。‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Start Unit2 sectionA 2a—3、5 (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎ 1.复习巩固确认物体的句型及七个表示物体的单词。‎ What is this in English?‎ It's/ a /an/ map/ orange/ jacket/ key/ pen /ruler /quilt .‎ ‎ 2. 字母Ii—Rr的朗读和辨认及正确书写。‎ ‎ 3.三个缩略词P/NBA/Kg的含义。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎ 1. 巩固确认物体的句型及七个表示物体的单词。‎ ‎ 2. 字母Ii—Rr的朗读和辨认及正确书写。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 小组对话辨认物体。‎ ‎ A: What is this in English?‎ B: It's/ a /an/ map/ orange/ jacket/ key/ pen /ruler /quilt .‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ ‎ 1.从下面单词中圈出上单元已经学过的字母的大写或小写形式。‎ map, ruler, pen, orange, jacket, key, quilt ‎ 2. 2a 听一听，读一读, 大声朗读字母Ii—Rr。‎ ‎ 3.学习字母Ii/Jj/Kk/Ll/Mm/Nn/Oo/Pp/Qq/Rr的正确发音。‎ ‎ Ii/ Bi / Jj/ dVei / Kk/ kei / Ll/el / Mm/ em / Nn/en / ‎ Oo/ EU / Pp/pi: / Qq/ kju: / Rr/ B:（r）/‎ ‎4.正确书写字母。‎ ‎ 5.听录音完成2c。‎ ‎6.做游戏，听录音连连看5.小组合作，教师巡回指导。‎ ‎6.小组结对活动做对话：（手握字母卡）‎ ‎ —— What is this？‎ ‎—— It's__________‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 1．朗读字母。‎ Nn Rr Ii Oo Mm Pp Jj Ll Kk Qq ‎ 2. 将下列字母按字母表顺序排列并抄写在四线格上。‎ ‎1）M H A I K C D E J N P O R B F G L Q ‎ ‎ 2） c d a h j I m g r o l n q e k p b f ‎ ‎ 3.写出他们的邻居。‎ ‎___________Cc_____________, ________Jj__________, ________Ff_________‎ ‎___________Mm____________，________Oo________, ________Hh_________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎ 1. 巩固确认物体的句型及七个表示物体的单词。‎ ‎ 2. 字母Ii—Rr的朗读和辨认及正确书写。‎ ‎3. 三个缩略词P/NBA/Kg的含义。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、写出下列字母相应的大写或小写形式。‎ ‎1. K 、M 、O、 R、 I _______________.‎ ‎2. j 、i 、n 、q、 o ___________________.‎ 二、 将下列单词按字母表顺序重新排列。‎ Alice, fine, evening, jacket, Nick, lake, Helen, Bob, Cindy, good, in, Dale, orange, key, quilt, ruler, pen, morning.‎ ‎ ‎ 三、选择大小写不一致的一组字母。‎ ‎( ) 1. A. Bb B. pb C. Kk ‎( ) 2. A. Gj B. Ff C. Dd ‎( ) 3. A. Ee B. Oo C. Hh ‎( ) 4. A. Li B. Oo C. Jj ‎( ) 5. A. Aa B. Nn C. Bd ‎ 四、选择填空。‎ ‎ ( ) 1. What's this _______ English?‎ ‎ A on B in C at D for ‎( ) 2. ---- What's this? ---- It's _______ orange.‎ ‎ A a B an C / D am ‎( ) 3. ---- What's this? ---- It's a ________.‎ ‎ A egg B orange C map D apple ‎ ( ) 4 ----_____________. ---- It's a key.‎ ‎ A What's this? B What color is it?‎ ‎ C Spell it. D How are you?‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎ 【课题】 Start Unit2 sectionB1a—3b (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1. 掌握下列重点单词： spell, please,‎ ‎2. 掌握下列重点句子：‎ ‎——What's this in English? ‎ ‎ —— It’s a key. ‎ ‎—— Spell it, please. ‎ ‎—— K-E-Y.‎ ‎3.四会大、小写字母 Aa---Rr .‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.四会大、小写字母 Aa---Rr .‎ ‎2.熟记单词 spell， please .‎ ‎3.灵活运用 What's this in English ? It's a/an......‎ 运用Spell it, please. K-E-Y.‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 1.按顺序默写出所学大、小写字母 。‎ ‎2.写出上节课学的问句，并给出一适当答案 。‎ 自主互助学习 共同探究 ‎ ‎1.猜句意Spell it, please.‎ ‎2.学生听并跟读，同时老师板书Spell it,please. K-E-Y.‎ ‎3.学习单词 spell, please .‎ ‎4.练习：用所学物品两人一组，练习1a对话 .‎ ‎5.表演1a（用老师所示物品问答）.‎ ‎6.听1b，小组检查、核对 .‎ ‎7.比一比：看图2a每组参加1人，按物品的某种顺序，看谁写得又快又准。‎ ‎8.听录音做3a -3b .‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 1.整理单词的字母顺序.‎ qulit______ rulre______ eky_____ lpsle____ ‎ pleesa _____ arknF______ kcajte______ mpa______ ‎ ‎2.用is ,am ,are 填空。‎ ‎1）I _________Frank. ‎ ‎2) This ________a pen.‎ ‎3) What________this ?‎ ‎4) How_______you ? ‎ ‎5) It________a key .‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎ 1.熟记单词 spell， please .‎ ‎2.灵活运用 What's this in English ? It's a/an...‎ 运用Spell it, please. K-E-Y.‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎ 一、读句子，连线配对 A Spell it, please. a Hi！‎ B What's this? b Good morning!‎ C Hello，Cindy！ c It's an orange.‎ D How are you? d I'm OK.‎ E Good morning! e O-R-A-N-G-E 二、选择填空 ‎( )1.This is _______orange jacket.‎ ‎ A.an B.a C./‎ ‎( )2.What's this _______ English .‎ ‎ A.in B.for C.on ‎( )3.--- Spell it , please. ‎ ‎---_______ ‎ ‎ A.map B.MAP C.M-A-P ‎( )4.---Alice,what's this in English?‎ ‎ ---__________‎ ‎ A.It's pen B.It's a pen C.This is a pen ‎( )5.---How are you?‎ ‎ ---_______‎ ‎ A.hello B.Thanks C.I'm OK ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Start Unit2 sectionB4—SelfCheck4 (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1. 掌握元音字母I,O的发音。‎ ‎2. 复习本单元的字母和交际用语。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.掌握元音字母I,O的发音。‎ ‎2.What. How引导的特殊疑问句的掌握。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 ‎ ‎1.写出所学过的英语人名(小组检查,看谁写的好)。‎ ‎2. 按顺序默写出所学大、小写字母。‎ ‎3.写出用英语询问物体的句子。‎ ‎4.写出用英语询问怎样拼写的句子。‎ 自主互助学习 归纳整理1.元音字母大、小写 。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎2. 辅音字母大、小写 。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎3. 听一听，读一读sectionB4。总结前4个元音字母的主要发音，把字母按发音相同因素分 类老师适当提示。‎ ‎/ ei / Aa / ei / Hh / eitF / Jj / dVei / Kk / kei / ‎ ‎ / i: / Bb / bi: / Cc / si: / Dd / di: / Ee / i: / Gg / dVi: / ‎ ‎/ e / Ff / ef / Ll / el / Mm / em / Nn / en / ‎ ‎/ ai / Ii / Bi / ‎ ‎/ EU / Oo/ EU /‎ ‎ 4. Self—check 4, 朗读A栏的字母和单词，试试朗读B栏的生词。‎ ‎ 5. 完成self—check 1—3。小组合作完成，教师巡回指导。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 一、找出下列一个与其它三个发音不同的一项。‎ ‎( ) 1. A. Dale B. Grace C. Frank ‎( ) 2. A. hi B. quilt C. fine ‎( ) 3. A. evening B. Helen C. pen ‎( ) 4. A. E B. G C. A ‎( ) 5. A. J B. C C. H ‎( ) 6. A. D B. O C. P ‎【要点归纳】想想你在本单元都学了些什么？‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎ 一、选择方框里的词完成下面对话。‎ What’s 、 in 、 this 、 an 、 am 、 it 、 It’s 、 a 、 How、 Good、‎ ‎1. A: ____________ are you? B: Fine, thanks.‎ ‎2. A: ____________ this？ B: It's “A”.‎ ‎3. A: What's this ______English? B: It's _______ orange.‎ ‎4. A: How are you? B: I______ fine.‎ ‎5. A: What's this? B: ________ a map.‎ ‎6. A: What's _______? B: It is an egg.‎ A: Spell _________,please. B: E—G—G, egg.‎ ‎7. A: Good afternoon. B: __________ afternoon.‎ ‎8. A: What's this? B: It's _______ key. ‎ 二、英汉词组互译 。‎ ‎ 1．用英语_____________ 2．一床被子_____________ 3．一个橙子____________‎ ‎ 4．一件上衣___________ 5．一幅地图_____________ 6．一只钢笔____________‎ ‎ 7．in Chinese_________ 8．a key ______________ 9.thank you____________‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ 本单元你学到了什么东西，还存在什么问题？‎ ‎【课题】 Start Unit3 sectionA 1a—2a (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎ 1.掌握字母 S- Z以及词汇blue, green, red, yellow, black, white, color, and.‎ ‎2.复习字母A-R。‎ ‎3.学会用“---What color is it ? ---It's red. / It's black and white.”句型对颜色进行提问并回答。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.掌握字母 S- Z以及词汇blue, green, red, yellow, black, white, color, and.‎ ‎2.学会用“---What color is it ? ---It's red. / It's black and white.”句型对颜色进行提问并回答。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 复习字母A-R、小组合作归纳总结1-2单元所学的八个英语人名、用英语在不同时段打招呼、将相同音素归类、掌握元音字母的发音规律、What. How引导的特殊疑问句的掌握。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 1. 小组看图讨论本课时要学习什么？观察图片学习字母：‎ Ss/ es / Tt/ti: / Uu/jU: / Vv / vi: / Ww/ dQbEljU: / Xx/ eks / ‎ ‎ Yy/ wai / Zz/zi: / ‎ 1. 正确朗读、书写字母Ss-Zz的大小写。‎ 2. 看图学习六个表示颜色的词blue, green, red, yellow, black, white.‎ 3. 学习询问颜色的句型。‎ ‎---What color is it ? ‎ ‎ ---It's red. / It's black and white.‎ 4. 小组互动：---- What's this ?‎ ‎ ---- It's V.‎ ‎ ----What color is it ? ‎ ‎ - ---It's red.‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 一、按括号内所给要求写出适当形式。‎ ‎1．white (反义词)____________ 2.I'm（完整形式）_________ ‎ ‎3．what is（缩略形式）___________ 4．it's（完整形式）_________‎ ‎5. Uu( 同音词) ___________‎ 二、朗读字母。‎ Ss/ es / Tt/ti: / Uu/jU: / Vv / vi: / Ww/ dQbEljU: / Xx/ eks / ‎ Yy/ wai / Zz/zi: / ‎ 三、英汉互译。‎ ‎1. 红色________ 2. 绿色________ 3. 白色________‎ ‎4. yellow__________ 5. green________ 6. black________‎ ‎【要点归纳】小组合作归纳本节课所学内容：‎ ‎————————————————————————————————————‎ ‎———————————————————————————————————————‎ ‎———————————————————————————————————————‎ ‎———————————————————————————————————————‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、 连词成句 (注意句首字母大写及句尾标点符号)。‎ ‎ 1） is, this , English , what, in ‎ ‎ 2) color, it , what , is ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎3) fine, I , thanks, am ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎4) it, spell, please ‎5） pens， are, what , the, color 二、 英汉互译。‎ ‎ 1) 这把尺子是绿色的。‎ ‎ The ruler .‎ ‎2）它是什么颜色？‎ ‎ is it?‎ ‎ 3）这把钥匙是黑色的。 ‎ The is .‎ ‎4）那床被子是红色的。‎ ‎ The is .‎ ‎ 5）这个橘子是橙色的。‎ ‎ The orange is__________.‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Start Unit3 sectionA 2b—5 (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎ 1.复习巩固26个字母、6个表示颜色的词blue, green, red, yellow, black, white及询问颜色的句型---What color is it ? ---It's red. / It's black and white。‎ ‎ 2.灵活应用句型 ---- What's this in English ?‎ ‎ ---- It's _____.‎ ‎----Spell it , please.‎ ‎----It's__________.‎ ‎ ----What color is it ? ‎ ‎ - ---It's _________.‎ ‎3.缩略词的了解掌握。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎ 灵活应用句型，巩固掌握表示颜色的词和询问颜色的句型。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新复习巩固26个字母、6个表示颜色的词blue, green, red, yellow, black, white及询问颜色的句型---What color is it ? ---It's red. / It's black and white.‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 1. 听读字母完成P14 2b—2d.‎ 2. 学习缩略词：S/M/L UFO CCTV UN 并复习拓展生活中常见的缩略词。‎ 3. 图色巩固完成P15第4题。‎ 4. 小组互动灵活应用句型（教师示范）。‎ ‎ ---- What's this in English ?‎ ‎ ---- It's _____.‎ ‎----Spell it , please.‎ ‎----It's__________.‎ ‎ ----What color is it ? ‎ ‎ - ---It's _________.‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、.将下列方框中的缩略词添在与其对应的中文后面的横线上。‎ HB CCTV CD UFO P UN NBA kg BBC S/M/L ‎ ‎1.联合国____________ 2. (美国)全国篮球协会____________‎ ‎3. 激光唱片____________ 4.硬黑____________‎ ‎5. 不明飞行物____________ 6. 千克____________ ‎ ‎7. 中国中央电视台____________ 8. 英国广播公司____________‎ ‎9. 停车____________ 10.大/中/小号_____________‎ 二、写出下列字母的左右邻居。‎ ‎1._____Ss _____ 2._____Vv____ 3._____Ww____‎ ‎ 4._____Yy____ 5. _____Tt_____ 6.____Xx_____‎ ‎【要点归纳】小组合作完成归纳本节课所学内容。‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_____________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_____________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎ ( )1．It's ___________ black．It's ________ black ruler．‎ A. /; / B．a；／ C．／；a D．a；a ‎( )2. — ________ is that quilt? ‎ ‎—It's black．‎ ‎ A. Which color B．How color C．What color D．What's color ‎( )3．一What's this? ‎ 一It's ______ “ Nn” and______ “ Mm”.‎ ‎ A．a, a B．an , an C．a , an D．／‎ ‎( )4．What's that _____ English?‎ ‎ A．at B．to C．in D．on ‎( )5．一What color is her jacket? ‎ ‎ 一It's _______.‎ ‎ A．an orange B．orange C．the orange D．a orange ‎ ‎( )6. —What's this?  ‎ ‎ —________ a map. ‎ ‎ A. Its   B. This is    C. That's    D. It's ‎ 二、从B栏中找出与A栏中相应的答语，将其代号写在括号内 ‎ A B ‎( )1．Good morning，class! a．It's green．‎ ‎( )2．Hello! b．Fine．thank you．‎ ‎( )3．What color is it? c．It's “M”‎ ‎ ( )4．How are you，Jim? d．Hello!‎ ‎( )5．What's this in English? e．M---A ---Y．‎ ‎( )6．Spell it，please． f．Good morning．‎ 三、汉译英完成对话。‎ ‎1.这个用英语怎么说？ ‎ ‎2.请拼写一下。‎ ‎3.它是什么颜色的？‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Start Unit3 sectionB 1a—3a (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.继续巩固学习表示颜色的词。‎ ‎2.把26个字母按读音分类，学习元音字母，Aa Ee Ii Oo Uu 。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎ 26个字母分类。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组互动归纳总结26个字母的读音规律。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ ‎1.听录音图颜色，比一比看哪一组做得又快又好。‎ ‎2.听录音完成句子。小组汇报，大声朗读句子。‎ ‎3.听一听，读一读，归纳总结字母读音规律。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎1. 从下列每组字母中找出一个含有不同元音音素的的字母。‎ ‎（ ）1. A. Ee       B. Dd   C. Bb      D. Jj ‎　　（ ）2. A. Kk        B. Aa        C. Ff       D. Jj ‎ ‎　　（ ）3. A. Ii        B. Kk        C. Aa       D. Hh ‎　　（ ）4. A. Dd       B. Mm        C. Cc      D. Gg ‎（ ）5. A. Mm      B. Ll         C. Nn     D. Bb ‎2.汉译英。 ‎ ‎1）The________ （钥匙） is __________(红色)。 ‎ ‎2）The ruler is__________(绿色)。‎ ‎3）The quilt is ____________(白色)。‎ ‎4）The________(钢笔)is_____________(蓝色)。‎ ‎5）The jacket is _____________(黄色)。‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 1. ‎26个字母按读音分类。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎ 一、将26个字母按发音分类(写出与所给字母含有相同音素的其他字母)。 Aa ____________________________________________________________________ Ee ____________________________________________________________________ Ii _____________________________________________________________________ Oo ___________________________________________________________________ Uu ____________________________________________________________________ Ff ____________________________________________________________________ Rr ____________________________________________________________________‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎ (    )1.. 全是辅音字母的选项是 ____ 。‎ A. Bb, Cc, Yy B. Xx, Vv, Ww C. Oo, Rr, Zz D. Bb, Pp,‎ ‎ Ii ‎(    )2. 小写字母书写时都占同一格的选项是 ____ 。‎ A. m, n, i B. k, l, c C. a, c, e D. f, g, j ‎(    )3. 不是元音字母的选项是 ____ 。‎ A. Rr B. Aa C. Ii D. Ee ‎(    )4. 书写小写字母时两笔完成的选项是 ____ 。‎ A. d B. k C. p D. u ‎( )5.下列说法错误的是 。‎ A． 英语中句号是一个实心圆点。‎ B．英语句子的第一个词的第一个字母必须大写。‎ C．字母E由4笔写成。‎ D．小写字母f占三格。‎ 三、补全对话。‎ A．How are you? B. Good evening! C. What's this in English?‎ D. Thanks . E. Spell it, please. E. What color is it?‎ A: Good evening! B: 1 ‎ A: 2 B: Fine, 3 ‎ A: 4 B: It's a quilt.‎ A: 5 B： Q-U-I-L-T.‎ A: 6 B: It's white.‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Start Unit3 sectionB 3b—Selfcheck4 (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.学习五个元音字母，并能根据这五个元音字母给26个字母归类。‎ ‎2.将所学的26个字母按顺序朗读、默写。‎ ‎3.会唱英语字母歌。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎ 按音素划分字母,根据五个元音字母给26个字母归类。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 复习5个元音字母，询问颜色的句型及表示颜色的词。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ ‎1.写出5个元音字母。‎ ‎2.按顺序默写出26个字母大小写。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 一、请从B栏中找出与A栏相匹配的答语，将其序号填入题前括号内。（10）‎ ‎ A B ‎（ ）1. How are you? A. Good evening, Frank.‎ ‎（ ）2.Good evening, Alice. B. Hi ‎ ‎（ ）3. What color is it? C. It's M.‎ ‎（ ）4. What's this in English? D. It's red.‎ ‎（ ）5. Hello! E. I'm fine, thanks.‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.巩固26个字母的正确发音及书写。‎ ‎2.会唱英语字母歌。‎ ‎【拓展练习】单元回顾 一、根据中文所给提示内容，写出相应的英语句子。‎ ‎1. 朋友早晨见面时打招呼。‎ ‎　‎ ‎　 2. 朋友之间见面询问对方身体状况。‎ ‎　　‎ ‎3. 看见朋友手里有个物件你想知道其英语名字，你应该问：‎ ‎4. 下午见面时的问候语。‎ ‎　　‎ ‎　　 5. 听见对方说了Fine, thank you. And you?后，你的回答应该是：‎ ‎　　‎ 二．根据字母的读音填空。 ‎ Aa ‎________ Kk ________ ‎ Ee Bb _______ Dd _______ Pp _______ ________ ‎ Ii ‎_______‎ Oo Uu Qq _______‎ ‎ ‎ Ff _______ Mm _______ Ss _______‎ 三、从括号中选出一个填空。‎ ‎1．How ________ you? (am, is ,are)‎ ‎2．What ________ this in English? (am, is ,are)‎ ‎3．What color is the pen? It ________ red. (am, is ,are)‎ ‎4．What's this? It's ________ orange. (a, an )‎ ‎5. What's this? It's ________jacket. (a, an )‎ ‎6. It's ________ English book. (a, an )‎ 四、句子配对。‎ ‎ ( )1．Spell it, please? A．Good morning!‎ ‎ ( )2．Good morning! B．It's orange．‎ ‎ ( )3．What color is that orange? C．Fine，thank you．‎ ‎ ( )4．How are you? D．R-U-L-E-R, ruler. ‎ ‎ ( )5．Hello! Frank. E．Hello! Eric. ‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit1 sectionA 1a—1c (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1）能正确听辨运用What's yourname ?来询问他人的姓名和运用My name is…/ I'm …来介绍自己的语句。并会使用形容词性物主代词。‎ ‎2）能运用Hello, hi等打招呼，并能掌握和运用一些打招呼语言，遇到适当的场景能准确应用。‎ ‎3）学会见面后的客套用语Nice to meet you .‎ ‎ 4 ) 学会几个英语名字Gina Mary Alan Jenny Jim .‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.正确运用What's your name ?来询问他人的姓名和运用My name is…/ I’m …来介绍自己的语句。‎ ‎ 2.大量的英语人名。‎ ‎3. 形容词性物主代词my/your。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 ‎ ‎1.大声唱字母歌，复习26个字母。‎ ‎2.小组合作复习预备单元的人名、打招呼、物体、颜色等单词及相关句型。‎ ‎3.学习新的人名、打招呼及自我介绍词语及句型。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ ‎ 一、试一试， 看音标学单词（Page100）。读写生词并熟记,看谁记得快。‎ ‎1.我的_____ 2.名字 _____ 3.是 _____ 4.时钟 _____ 5.我 _____ ‎ ‎6.是 _____ 7.好的，令人愉快的 ________ 8.遇见，相逢______ ‎ ‎9.你，你们_______ 10.什么______ 11.你的，你们的______ 12.喂____ ‎ ‎13.嗨______ 14.name's = ________ 15.I'm= _______ 16.what's=______‎ 二、通过预习SectionA1a-1c之后，请快速翻译下列句子。‎ 你叫什么名字？____________________?‎ 我的名字叫Jenny。________________________.‎ 我是Gina。见到你很高兴。___________________？‎ 喂，Mary!我是Jim。_____________________________.‎ 三、看1a中的图片，写出图中物品的英语单词。你能写出几个？尽可能的多写几个。‎ ‎1.———— ———— ———— ———— ———— ‎ ‎———— ———— ———— ———— ———— ‎ ‎2.看图上的三个小对话，了解大意学习对话 1a What's your name ? My name is_______ .‎ ‎ 使用学过的英语名字，练习对话1a 。‎ ‎3. （1）听力练习 1b .‎ ‎（2）结对活动 1c .‎ ‎4.学习形容词性物主代词 。 ‎ 物主代词（1）表示所有关系的代词叫物主代词。（2）形容词性物主代词的用法：形容词性物主代词起形容词作用，在句中只能作定语，也就是说它后面必须跟一个名词。‎ 如：This is my key. 这是我的钥匙。‎ 即：形容词性物主代词＋名词 ‎ ‎ 注：形容词性的物主代词见下表：‎ 形容词性代词 my your His her its our your their 中文 我的 你的 他的 她的 它的 我们的 你们的 他/她/它们的 ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎1.写出下列单词。‎ ‎ 时钟 _______ 我的 ________ 你的___________ 名字_______ 遇见_________‎ ‎2.根据情景补全对话。‎ A: Good morning .‎ B:_________ ___________‎ A:My name is Alice . ________ your name ?‎ B:Tom .‎ A:Nice ______ meet __________.‎ B:_______ _______ _______ _________ , too .‎ A: _______ _______ you ?‎ B: I _____fine. ________ you . And you ?‎ A: I'm fine , _______.Thank you .‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎ 1. 正确运用What's your name ?来询问他人的姓名和运用My name is…/ I’m …来介绍自己的语句。并会使用形容词性物主代词。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、用所给词的适当形式填空。‎ ‎1. This is _____ ( I ) quilt .‎ ‎ 2. What is ________ (you) name ?‎ ‎3.What's ________(she) name ?‎ ‎4. This is my good friend. _____(he) name is Alan .‎ ‎5.Mary King is ______ new teacher . (we)‎ ‎6. ______ name is Gina . ______is a girl .( she)‎ ‎7.—Hello ! ______name is Dale . --Hello ! _____ am Frank .( I )‎ ‎8. This is a boy,and ______（he）name is Tom .‎ ‎9.That is a girl , and ______（she）name is Kate .‎ ‎10. ______ （I）am a boy .‎ 二、 写出下列单词的完全形式, 并写出汉语意思。 ‎ ‎1. I'm _________ __________ 2. what's __________ ________3. name 's ‎【总结反思】 ‎ ‎【课题】 Unit1 sectionA 2a—2c (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎ 1．熟练掌握本课6个单词.his/ and/ her/question/answer/look.‎ ‎ 2．学会询问他人姓名及介绍他人姓名。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎ 1. 运用句型：-----What's his / her name?‎ ‎ ------ His / Her name is .... 进行自由交际。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 正确运用What’s your name ?来小组对话询问他人的姓名和运用My name is…/ I’m …来介绍自己，正确使用形容词性物主代词。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎1.根据音标熟练读、写本课6个单词通过预习，我们能又快有准确翻译下列单词和短语。‎ 他的______ 和；又_______ 她的_______问题；难题_________ 答案；答复_________ ‎ 看_______ I am(缩写)_________ name is(缩写)________ what is(缩写)_________‎ ‎ 2．小组合作，理解并熟读下列短语，并写出汉语意思。‎ ‎ my name ( ) your name ( )‎ ‎ his name ( ) her name ( )‎ ‎ 3.个人理解下列对话，并且两人合作练习。‎ ‎　　 Ａ：Hello! What's your name? Ｂ：My name is Gina.‎ ‎ Ａ：Nice to meet you. Ｂ：Nice to meet you,too.‎ ‎　 Ａ：What's her name? Ｂ：Her name is Jenny.‎ ‎4.预习过SectionA2a-2c之后，请快速翻译下列句子。‎ 他叫什么名字？__________________________?‎ 他的名字叫Alan。____________________. ‎ 她叫什么名字？ _______________________？‎ 她的名字叫Jenny._________________________.‎ 见到你很高兴。_____________________________.‎ 见到你我也很高兴。__________________________.‎ ‎5.请背诵Grammar Focus的句型。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 1. 写出下列短语。‎ ‎　 （１）我的时钟____________（２）你的问题__________( 3 )很高兴认识你！________________‎ ‎( 4 ) 你怎么称呼？______________________?( 5 ) 她的答案_______________________‎ ‎2. 单项选择。 ‎ ‎ （1）—__________. What's your name? — My name is Gina.‎ ‎ A. Hi B.Oh C. Sorry D. OK ‎(2) --What color is it? --_________ is red.‎ ‎ A. It B. it C. This D. That ‎(3) —What's this in English? —It's _______ orange.‎ ‎ A. a B. an C. the D. in ‎(4) —Good morning! —____________‎ ‎ A. Thank you B. Hello C. Good morning D. Fine ‎(5) ______ name is Mark and ______ name is Gina.‎ ‎ A. My, he B. His, her C. his, Her D. Her,his ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎ 1．熟练掌握本课6个单词.his/ and/ her/question/answer/look.‎ ‎ 2．运用句型：-----What's his / her name?‎ ‎ ------ His / Her name is .... 进行自由交际。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎ 一、 单项选择。‎ ‎ ( )1. —Hello, Linda. I'm Jim. ______. —Nice to meet you, too.‎ A. How are you B. Nice to meet you C. Hello D.Hi ‎( )2. —What's your name? —______ name's Jenny..‎ A. My B. Your C. His D. her ‎ ( )3. I ______ Tony. What's your name?‎ A. is B. am C. are D.be ‎ ( )4. — What's her name? — ______ name is Jenny White.‎ A. Her B. Its C. His D.your 二、单词拼写。 ‎ ‎1. _____________(我的) name is Gina.‎ ‎2. What's _____________(你的) name, please?‎ ‎3. I _____________(叫) Amy.‎ ‎4. _____________(她的) jacket is red.‎ ‎5. What's ______________ (他的) name?‎ 三、句型转换 ‎ ‎1. My name is Mike.(就划线部分提问)‎ ‎　 ______________ ______________ _______________name, please?‎ ‎2. her, is, what, ?, name (连词成句)‎ ‎ _____________________________________________ ‎ ‎3. Hello, my name's Tony .( 同义句转换)‎ ‎ ___________, ____________ _____________ Tony.‎ ‎4. She is Gina.( 同义句转换)。‎ ‎ ____________ _____________ is Gina.‎ ‎5. Excuse me. May I have your name, please?( 同义句转换)‎ ‎ Excuse me. __________ ____________ ___________ __________, please?‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit1 sectionA 3a—4 (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎ 1．熟悉掌握本节课的六个词汇。（first name /last name /boy /girl）‎ ‎ 2．正确辨别英文名字的姓和名，以及和中文名字的差异。‎ ‎ 3．学会询问他人名和姓的句型。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎ 1. 正确辨别英文名字的姓和名，以及和中文名字的差异。 ‎ ‎2. 掌握询问他人名和姓的句型. 要求掌握以下句式：‎ ‎----What's your/his /her first/ name? ---- Jack. ‎ ‎----What's your/his/her last /family name? ---- Smith.‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组运用句型：-----What's his / her name?‎ ‎ ------ His / Her name is .... 进行自由交际。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 1． 个人自读，记忆本课单词first name /last name /boy /girl.‎ ‎ 2．小组相互检查单词读和写的情况。‎ ‎ 3.知识链接：姓名排列顺序为先名后姓，名+姓，即first name/given name+ last name/family name.这和中国人先姓后名的排列顺序刚好相反。Mr（先生）、Mrs（夫人）Miss（小姐）Ms（女士）等称呼语只能加在姓前，而不能加在名前。‎ ‎ 4. 1）试读下列姓名,小组合作尝试总结归纳。‎ ‎ Gina Miller ‎ First name :________ Last name: ________ ‎ ‎ 完成 3a /3b.(F：名____________ L：姓 _________ 相应内容写在黑板上展示)‎ ‎ 2）理解下列对话,两人合作练习。‎ ‎ A: Hello! What's your name? B: My name is Jack Smith.‎ ‎ A: What's your first name ? B: My first name is________‎ ‎ A: What's your last name? B: My last name is_______‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、准确翻译下列单词和短语。‎ ‎ 第一_______ 最后的_______;男孩_______ 女孩______ ‎ ‎ 名字（短语）_________ 姓氏（短语）_________‎ 二、按要求写出下列词的相应形式。 ‎ ‎1. hello(近义词)____________ 2. first(反义词)____________ ‎ ‎3. boy(对应词)____________ 4. ask(反义词)____________ ‎ 三、写出缩写形式 。‎ ‎1.what is ______ 2. she is ______ 3. I am _______‎ ‎ 4. my name is __________  5. it is ____‎ ‎【要点归纳】 ‎ ‎1.掌握英文名字的姓和名，以及和中文名字的差异。‎ ‎2. 掌握询问他人名和姓的句型. 要求掌握以下句式。‎ ‎----What’s your/his /her first/ name? ---- Jack. ‎ ‎----What’s your/his/her last /family name? ---- Smith.‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择 ‎( )1. ——What's _______ name? ——His name is Jack. ‎ A. her B. his C. my D.your ‎( )2. ——Good evening, Jenny? ——_____________, Tom. ‎ A. Good evening B. Good afternoon. C. Good morning. D.Hi ‎( )3. ——What's her first name?‎ ‎ —— Her _______ name is Jenny. ‎ A. last B. first C. phone D. /‎ ‎( )4. ——___________? ——I'm fine, thank you. ‎ A. What's your name B. What's his phone number C. How are you D.Hello ‎( )5.—— Nice _______ meet you. ‎ ‎——Nice _______ meet you.，too. ‎ ‎ A. in B. to C. hi D.at ‎( )6. ——What's her name? ——______ . ‎ ‎ A. a girl B. a boy C. Linda D.Jim ‎( )7. ——What's the girl's name?‎ ‎ ——______ name is Mary. ‎ A. His B. My C. Her D.your ‎( )8. ——What's the boy's name?‎ ‎ ——_______name is Francisco. ‎ A. Her B. His C. It's D. it ‎( )9. I ______ Tony. What’s your name?‎ A. is B. am C. are D. be ‎( )10. His name is Bill Gates. We call him ______.‎ ‎ A. Mr Bill B. Mr Gates C. Mrs Gates D.Mrs Bill A. Nice to meet you,too.‎ B. Hello, what's your name?‎ C. Thanks.‎ D. His name is Tom Green 二、完形填空。‎ A: 1 . B: Hello, I'm Jack Brown. ‎ A: Nice to meet you. B: 2 . ‎ A: Is this your friend? B: Yes.‎ A: What's his name? B: 3 .‎ A: Hi! C: Hi! Here's my name card.‎ A: 4 ‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit1 sectionB1a—2c (1课时) ‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.复习并熟练掌握数字0-9的英文表述。‎ ‎2.熟练应用句型What's your phone number? It's …‎ ‎3.掌握一些常用数字（如110，121，119，114，120等）的实际意义。‎ ‎4.填写通讯录。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.数字的中英文对应关系。‎ ‎2.句型What's your phone number? It's …‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新想一想上节课学了些什么，你记住了吗，小组总结写下来： ‎ ‎＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ ‎1.了解数词： 数词 分为基数词和序数词。‎ ‎1）基数词表示数目的多少，常用来表示门牌号、电话号码、车牌号等。如：３１８号房间 ‎ ‎ Room 318 一班Class One 三年级 Grade Three 云DG6789 ‎ ‎2）序数词强调顺序。 如：第一课 the first lesson ‎ ‎2.　小组预习，准确翻译下列单词和短语。‎ 零_____, 一_______, 二______ , 三______, 四_____ 五______ 六_____‎ 七_____ 八____ 九______ 数字_______ 电话号码_____ ______ 3.预习过SectionB1a-2c之后，请快速翻译下列句子。‎ 你的电话号码是多少？ _________________？‎ 它是278－6926。_____________ ‎ ‎4.请自己读0－9的英语。然后听录音。大声朗读数字。‎ ‎5.请同学们听录音完成1b.记下电话号码。‎ ‎6.请同学们听录音完成2a,将名字和电话号码匹配。（听两遍）‎ ‎7.听录音，完成2b.‎ ‎8.填写通讯录。小组应用句型What's your phone number? It's …做对话。教师巡回指导。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、 按照规律填入所缺的数字 ‎1.______ one two _______ four 2. two four_______ ________ten ‎ ‎3.ten ______ ________ seven six 4. one three ________ _________ nine 二、按照要求完成句子。‎ ‎1. My telephone number is 456-8523 .（对画线部分提问）‎ ‎ _______ ______ telephone number ?‎ ‎2. phone, is, my, number,650-2128 .(组句)_________________________________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎１．熟练掌握数字0-9的英文表述。‎ ‎２．询问电话的句型What's your phone number? It's …‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、写出下列数字的特殊意义。‎ ‎1. 110___________　2. 121_________　3. 119＿＿＿＿‎ ‎４.114＿＿＿＿＿　 ５.120＿＿＿＿‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎( )1. —Hello, Linda. I’m Jim. ______. —Nice to meet you, too.‎ A. How are you B. Nice to meet you C. Hello ‎( )2. —What's your name? —______ name's Jack Smith.‎ A. My B. Your C. His ‎( )3. —What's her family name? —It's _______.‎ A. Mary Brown B. Mary C. Brown ‎( )４. —What's your telephone number, Nick? —______ 8７４-５２６8.‎ A. Its B. It C. It’s ‎( )５. —What's his telephone number? ‎ ‎ —______ telephone number is 55５-８０４2.‎ A. My B. His C. Her ‎( )６. Alan, please answer my ______.‎ A. question B. number C. name ‎( )７. How ______ your mother, Linda?‎ ‎ 　 A. is B. am C. are 三、 (用方框中的单词填空) 。‎ ‎ telephone meet it's his your number is last hello her Bob: My name (1) __________ Bob. ‎ Gina: (2) __________, Bob. I’m Gina.‎ Bob: Nice to (3) __________ you, Gina. What's your (4) __________ name? ‎ Gina: (5) __________ Miller. What's (6) __________ last name?‎ Bob: It's Green. My full(完全的) name's Bob Green. What's your ‎ ‎(7) __________ number, Gina?‎ Gina: It's 8876-4021. And your telephone (8) __________, Bob?‎ Bob:　It's 5793-8216. What's that girl's name, Gina?‎ Gina: (9) __________ name's Linda. What's that boy's name?‎ Bob: (10) __________ name's Tony.‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit1 sectionＢ３a—Selfcheck (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1．复习英文中姓与名的表达方式，熟练掌握英文中姓在后，名在前。‎ ‎2．复习英文中数字的表达方式，会熟练制作ID card。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 中国人将姓放在前，名在后，英文中名在前，姓在后。名字的书写。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新日常问候复习句型—What's your/ her / his family name ?‎ — Wha's your/ her / hisfirst name ?‎ ‎— What's your telephone number ?‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ ‎ 1.小组预习，准确翻译下列单词和短语。‎ 卡片；纸牌_________ 家；家庭_________ 姓氏_________身份证_________ ‎ ‎ it is(缩写)_________ ‎ ‎2.预习过SectionB3a-4之后，请快速翻译下列句子。‎ 他的电话号码是几？______________________？‎ 你的姓是什么？______________________？‎ 你的名字叫什么？____________________？‎ ‎3.看3a中的图片，找出姓氏并写在右边的表格里。 ‎ ‎4.看3b中的身份证，回答问题。‎ ‎5.制作自己的身份证，完成3c。‎ ‎6.【点拨解疑】：be动词的搭配：be 是原形，摇身一变成am, is, are。下面介绍一则口诀，帮你熟记“动词be的构成”：我(I)用am, 你(you)用are，is连着他(he)，她(she)，它(it)。单数名词用is，复数名词全用are。变否定，更容易，be后not加上去。变疑问，往前提，句末问号莫丢弃。还有一条须注意，句首大写莫忘记。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、用am , is, are 填空。‎ ‎1. ________ you Tom? No. I _______ Jim. 2.My mother ______ fine.‎ ‎3.How ______ your mother?‎ ‎4.I_____ not Mary. ‎ ‎5.______she your teacher?‎ ‎6.What ____ her name? ‎ ‎7.He _____ not Bob.‎ ‎8. What ________ your name? My name _______ Jim. 9. How  _______ you? I ________ fine, thank you..‎ ‎10. What ______ your phone number? It ______ 261 – 9854. ‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎ 1.熟练掌握英文中姓在后，名在前的表达方式。‎ ‎2.会熟练制作ID card。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎ 一、 句型转换， 按要求写出下列句子的正确形式。‎ ‎1.My name is Linda.(就划线部分提问)‎ ‎　 ______________ ______________ _______________name, please?‎ ‎2.. My telephone number is 398-6149. (就划线部分提问)‎ ‎ ______________ ______________ telephone number, please?‎ ‎3. she, her, is, what, ?, Mary, name , is.(连词成句)‎ ‎ _____________________________________________ .‎ ‎4. is, telephone, what, number, it, your, ?, is, 278-7928. (连词成句)‎ ‎ ____________________________________________.‎ ‎5. Hello, my name's Nick.‎ ‎ ___________, ____________ _____________ Nick.( 同义句转换)‎ ‎ 二、.选词填空。‎ A. This B. He C. meet D. name ‎ E. What's F. phone number G. ID card number H. It’s ‎ ‎( )1. Nice to ___________ you, Gina.‎ ‎( )2. _____________ your home phone number, please?‎ ‎( )3. ______________ is Jim, my friend.‎ ‎( )4. --- What's your _____________, please? --- It's 440106198905220418.‎ ‎( )5. --- What's your _____________, please? --- Helen.‎ 三、根据所给汉语完成句子，每空一词 。 ‎ ‎1. — 这是什么？ — 它是钢笔。 ‎ ‎— ________ that ? — ______ a pen . ‎ ‎2. — 你的苹果是什么颜色？ — 緑色。 ‎ ‎— _____ ______ _____ your apple ? ‎ ‎— _____ red . ‎ ‎3. — 你姓什么？ — What's your _____ _____ ? ‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit2 sectionA 1a—1c (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1．掌握词汇pen,pencil,book,ruler,eraser,backpack,pencil case,pencil sharpener,dictionary 等。‎ ‎ 2．学会句型:Is this/that---?以及回答Yes,it is./No,it isn't ‎3. 掌握指示代词:this,that ‎【重点、难点】‎ 1. 掌握指示代词:this,that的用法。‎ 2. 一般现在时（be）的一般疑问句及其回答。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新复习数字0-9,及电话号码的询问和日常打招呼用语。唱歌谣:我的my,你的your,男的his,她的her复习my,your,his,her.‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ ‎1.学习新单词。小组展示图片或实物。---What’s this ?---It’s a/an…‎ ‎2. 小组展示探究， 学习新句型Is this your ruler? Is that your backpack?‎ ‎1) this, that指示代词，“这”，“那”。它们只表达单数概念。‎ ‎2) this 是就近指代，而that是相对的远处指代，这只是一个相对概念，并不是绝对的。‎ ‎3) 这两个指示代词经常单独使用，从不和冠词(a, an, the)、形容词性物主代词(her, his, its, my)等连用；‎ ‎4) 它们的一般疑问句在回答时不直接用this, that, 而是用it来代替上文的指示代词以免词汇重复。‎ ‎5) 它们还可以放在名词前面，直接作宾语，但只与单数名词在一起使用。‎ ‎ This is my pen,that is his book.这是我的钢笔，那是他的书。‎ ‎—Is this your backpack? 这是你的背包吗？‎ ‎—Yes, it is. /No, it isn’t. 是，是的。/不，不是。‎ ‎3.不定冠词a, an 的用法区别：‎ ‎ 1）不定冠词an 常用于元音发音开头的词前。例如：‎ an eraser 一块橡皮擦，an apple 一个苹果， an “A” 一个A字母 ‎2）不定冠词a常用于可数名词前表示数量，相对于“one”一个/本。a book 一本书、a pencil case 一个铅笔盒。‎ ‎4.小组实物练习句型：T:This is my pen.Is this your pen?‎ ‎ S1:No,it isn't.It's your pen. etc.‎ ‎5. 听录音,给1b对话编号并练习1b的对话,利用自己所有的物品小组编新对话。‎ ‎6.小组竞赛,展示对话交际。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、英汉互译。‎ ‎ your dictionary________________ his backpack_________________‎ ‎ my ruler ___________ 一块橡皮____________________‎ ‎ 我的铅笔盒__________________ 他的卷笔刀__________________‎ ‎ 她的书_______________ ___‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎（ ）1.This is _____eraser. A.a B.an C.the D./‎ ‎（ ）2.—Is that your book? —__________.‎ ‎ A.That isn't B.It isn't. C.Yes,that isn't D.No,it isn't.‎ ‎（ ） 3.This ____ my key. A.is B.it C.not D.no ‎（ ） 4.—Is this your backpack? —___________.‎ ‎ A.Yes,it is. B.Yes,it isn't. C.No, it is. D.It isn't.‎ ‎（ ）5.--- What’s this __________ English? ‎ ‎ --- It’s a backpack.‎ ‎ A. to B. in C. and D. for ‎【要点归纳 ‎1.掌握九个学习用品词汇。‎ ‎ 2.学会句型:Is this/that---?以及回答Yes,it is./No,it isn't ‎3.掌握指示代词:this,that ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎ 一、 单项选择题。‎ ‎（ ）1. —____ this your book?  —No, it isn't.   ‎ ‎ A. Are     B. Is         C. Am D.be ‎（ ）2. —Is that his pen?  — ____________.‎ A. Yes, it is   B. No, it is   C. Yes, it isn't D./‎ ‎（ ）3.  This is ______________ key and that is ___________ eraser.‎ ‎ A. a, a         B. a, an     C. an, a      D. the, an ‎（ ） 4. —Hello! Are you Sue?   —_____________________‎ ‎ A. Yes, I’m.    B. No, I’m.    C. Yes, it is.     D. No, I’m not.‎ ‎( ) 5. This is not _________ watch. It's __________ watch.‎ ‎ A. you, he     B. she, my    C. his, her     D. me, his 二、句型转换。‎ ‎1.This is a pencil.(改为一般疑问句)‎ ‎_____________________________________‎ ‎2.This is a dictionary.(划线部分提问)‎ ‎ ___________________________________‎ ‎3.Is that a sharpener?(做肯定,否定回答)‎ ‎___________________________________‎ ‎4.This is your pen.( 改为否定句) ‎ ‎ _____________________________________‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit2 sectionA 2a—4b (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握本节课的10个单词和3个短语。‎ ‎ 2.熟练运用识别物主的句型。----Excuse me, Is this your pencil?‎ ‎ ---- Yes, thank you. / No,it isn't.‎ ‎3.掌握句型：What's this in English？ It's a /an … How do you spell it？ ‎ ‎4.能听懂有关谈论物主的对话并进行自由交际。 ‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎ 学习识别物主的句型确，认物主关系以及拼读单词的句型。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组利用实物pen, pencil, book, ruler, eraser, backpack, pencil case ， pencil sharpener, dictionary复习句型:Is this/that your/---?以及回答Yes,it is./No,it isn't 自主互助学习 ‎ 一、要点透视：‎ ‎1．Excuse me, Sonia. Is this your pencil? 对不起，索尼娅，这是你的铅笔吗？‎ excuse me是为了引起他人注意或因为打扰他人而说，它的使用场合有以下几种：‎ ‎ 向陌生人问路时、和人谈话时，要出去一下或做一点别的事时、很客气地纠正别人的话时、‎ 表示失礼，请求原谅时：‎ ‎ 2.Yes, thank you. 是我的，谢谢你。‎ 当别人为你做事或赞扬、祝福你时，你应该说Thank you. 或Thanks.以示谢意。Thank 既可作动词又可作名词。例：‎ ‎----You have a nice name. 你的名字好听。‎ ‎----Thank you. 谢谢。‎ ‎----Sit down, please. 请坐。‎ ‎----Thanks. 谢谢。‎ ‎3．What's this in English? 这个用英语怎么说？‎ 这是询问某样物品在英语中如何表达时常用的句型。其答语为“It's ….” in English 意为“用英语说”。类似用法短语还有：in Chinese (用汉语说)；in Japanese (用日语说) 等。例如：----What's this in English? 这个用英语怎么说？‎ ‎----It's a pen. 是“a pen”.‎ What's this in Chinese? 这个用汉语怎么说？‎ ‎4. How do you spell? 它怎么拼写？‎ 这是询问如何拼写单词的惯用法。spell 为动词，意为“拼写”。当回答这个问题时候，注意字母之间的连字符。例如：‎ How do you spell your name? 你的名字怎么拼写？‎ ‎----How do you spell eraser? “橡皮”是怎么拼写的？‎ ‎----It's E-R-A-S-E-R. 是“E-R-A-S-E-R”。‎ 二、小组合作学习。‎ ‎1.小组看音标学习新单词。‎ ‎2.小组默写单词短语。‎ 单词：橡皮 ________ 铅笔盒________ 课本 _________‎ ‎ 尺子 ________ 双肩背包_________ 铅笔_________‎ 短语：打扰了_________ 谢谢___________ 我的铅笔__________‎ ‎ 她的尺子_______ 你的橡皮_________他的钢笔__________‎ ‎3. 听录音，练习对话。‎ ‎ （1）听录音辨别物品，完成2a。‎ ‎ （2）再听一遍录音补全对话，完成2b。‎ ‎ （3）听录音并跟读，熟练掌握对话。 ‎ ‎ （4）学生背诵此对话，然后结合2b图画两人一组自编对话。‎ ‎ （7）展示成果，小组对话表演。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 一、 句子翻译。‎ ‎1. 那是你的词典吗？（dictionary）‎ ‎____________________________________‎ ‎2. 请问，这是你的卷笔刀吗？(excuse me)‎ ‎____________________________________‎ ‎3. 你的名字怎样拼写？（spell）‎ ‎___________________________________‎ ‎4. 这个用英语怎么说？‎ ‎_____________________________________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎ 1. 熟练运用识别物主的句型。----Excuse me, Is this your pencil?‎ ‎ ---- Yes, thank you. / No,it isn't.‎ ‎2. 掌握句型：What's this in English？ It's a /an … How do you spell it？‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、 连词成句。‎ ‎1. that, a, is, book. _______________________?‎ ‎2. ruler, it, a, is. _______________________?‎ ‎ 3. English, this, in is, what. ________________________?‎ ‎ 4. this, your, dictionary, is._________________________?‎ ‎ 5. you, do, pen, how, spell. __________________________?‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit2 sectionB 1a—2c (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.学习一些物品名词，继续训练what/how 引导的特殊疑问句。‎ ‎2.复习询问物品所属的句型。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.学习掌握下列词汇baseball, computer game, key, ring, watch, ID card, notebook。‎ ‎2. 进一步掌握运用句型what, how特殊疑问句和Yes / No 问句及其简单回答.‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新复习识别物主的句型确，----Excuse me, Is this your pencil?‎ ‎ ---- Yes, thank you. / No,it isn't.‎ 认物主关系以及拼读单词的句型. What’s this in English？ It’a /an … How do you spell it？ ‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ ‎1.小组用实物或看图学习实物名词。‎ ‎2.小组用句型----What's this in English？‎ ‎---- It'a /an … ‎ ‎ ----How do you spell it？ 做对话训练巩固1a中的实物名词。‎ ‎3.听录音完成2a/2b,并训练听力技能。‎ ‎4.小组记忆比赛，看着图片写出物品名。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 一、英汉互译。‎ ‎1. computer game_____________ 2. ID card__________ 3. Excuse me______________‎ ‎4.棒球____________ 5.笔记本___________ 6.手表_____________7.用英语———————‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎（ ）1. —Is that your book? —___________.‎ ‎ A.That isn't. B. It isn't. C.Yes, it is. D. No, it is.‎ ‎（ ）2. This is ____ my eraser.‎ ‎ A. a B. an C. the D./‎ ‎（ ）3.—__________ do you spell eraser? —E-R-A-S-E-R.‎ ‎ A. What B. What's C. How D. Who ‎（ ）4.—What's this ________ English? —It's a hat. ‎ ‎ A. on B. to C. in D. at ‎( )5. ----How ______ you spell pen？‎ ‎ ----____________.‎ ‎ A.pen B.it’s pen C. p--e—n D. P—E--N ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.词汇baseball, computer game, key, ring, watch, ID card, notebook。‎ ‎2.what, how特殊疑问句和Yes / No 问句及其简单回答.‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎ 一、从II栏中找出I栏句子的正确答语。‎ I栏 II栏 ‎( )1. Is this your backpack, Jim? A. It's 297-3389.‎ ‎( )2. What's this in English? B. Nice to meet you, too, Helen.‎ ‎( )3. Hello, I'm Tom. C. Fine, thank you. And you? ‎ ‎( )4. What's your name, please? D. No, it's her backpack.‎ ‎( )5. Nice to meet you, Amy. E. Amy. And your name?‎ ‎( )6. How are you, Jill? F. Hello, I'm Jim. Nice to meet you.‎ ‎( )7. What's his phone number? G. It's a backpack.‎ ‎ 二、选择填空 ‎（ ）1. —What's this in English ? ‎ ‎ — ______‎ ‎ A.Yes, it's a map. B. No, it isn't a eraser. C. It's an orange. D. It's English book.‎ ‎（ ）2. ________. Is this your ruler ?‎ ‎ A. Excuse me B. Sorry C. I'm sorry D. Hello ‎（ ）3. Your watch is very nice. _______.‎ ‎ A. No,it isn't . B.Yes. C. Thank you . D. Sorry ‎（ ）4.______Gina, this is ______book.‎ ‎ A. I'm; my B. I'm; an C. She's; his D. He's; her ‎ ‎ ( )5. ---Is that ____________ English dictionary? ‎ ‎ --- No, it's ___________ Chinese one.‎ ‎ A. a, a B. an, an C. a, an D. an, a ‎ 三、句型转换 按要求写出下列句子的形式。 ‎ ‎1. This is my pencil.（变为一般疑问句并作否定回答）‎ ‎ ___________ ____________ _______________ pencil? No, it ________________.‎ ‎2 . What's English for this?（同义句转换）‎ ‎ What's _______________ ________________ English?‎ ‎3. that, ID card, your, ?, is (连词成句)‎ ‎ ______________________________________________________‎ ‎4. This is a ruler.(就划线部分提问)‎ ‎ _________________ this __________________ ___________________?‎ ‎5. Four and (加)five is nine. (就划线部分提问)‎ ‎ ________________ ________________ four and five?‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit2 section B3a—Self-check (1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1、复习掌握本单元的40个单词和6个短语。‎ ‎ 2、熟练运用句型Is this/that---?来确认物主关系。‎ ‎ 3、会写失物招领和寻物启示。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 会写失物招领和寻物启示。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组自我总结本单元的重点句型、短语、词汇。____________________________‎ ‎______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_______________________________________________________________________________。 ‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ ‎ 1.熟练掌握本课10个新单词。‎ ‎2.能读懂并写会写寻物启示和失物招领。‎ ‎3.让学生阅读3a 广告牌上的圈出1a 中出现的词语。 ‎ ‎4.自读3a了解大意。跟读听力纠正发音。 小组讨论互相解疑。 ‎ ‎5.教师讲解。并引导学生归纳如何写寻物启示和失物招领。‎ ‎6. 完成3b 。 并写出自己的寻物启示和失物招领。 ‎ ‎7.小组合作共同讨论书写寻物启示和失物招领的要点本写出。‎ ‎ 寻物启示： 物品一串钥匙， 失主Tom电话896-4321 ‎ 失物招领： 物品一本英语书，找Jim领取 电话898-2358‎ 知识点剖析 ‎1. Please call Alan at 495-3539. 请给Alan 打电话:495-3539. 总结：call sb at + 电话号码（at译为“按照”，此短语意思是“按照某个电话号码给某人打电话） 电话码前常用介词 。‎ Please call Mary. 请给Mary 打电话。 ‎ Please call Mary 365-3214. ‎ ‎ 2. lost and found失物招领 the lost and found case 在失物招领箱里 ‎ 3. 一串/副... take a photo=take photos ‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 一、英汉互译。‎ ‎　　（１）失物招领　　　　　　　 (２）学生证_________________‎ ‎　　（３）电子游戏　　　　　　　　　 （４）一串钥匙_______________‎ ‎（5）lost and found case___________ （6 ）a set of books_____________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.熟练掌握本课10个新单词。‎ ‎2.能读懂并写会写寻物启示和失物招领。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎（ ）1. This _______a book . That _______a ruler ‎ ‎ A. am, is B. is, is C. is, am D. are, are ‎ ‎（ ）2. —Is this _______pencil? —Yes, ________‎ ‎ A. your, it is B. you, it, is C. your, it's D. you, it's ‎ ‎（ ）3 — that your backpack? ‎ ‎ — No, _________. It's his backpack . ‎ ‎ A. is, it isn't B. Is, it isn't C. Are, it is D. are, it is ‎ ‎（ ）4.—What's this _______English? —It's ______eraser . ‎ ‎ A. in, a B. with, an C. in, an D. With, a ‎ ‎（ ）5. Call Alan ________994-5863. ‎ ‎ A in B. with C. on D. at 二、阅读理解。 ‎ My name is Ken Jordan. My first name is Ken. My family name is Jordan. My phone number is 303--6574. This is my baseball. What's that? It's a notebook. It isn't my notebook.It's her notebook.‎ ‎1. My last name is ______.‎ ‎ A. Ken B. Jordan C. Ken Jordan ‎2. My ______ is 303--6574.‎ ‎ A. telephone number B. name C. family ‎3. It is ______ baseball.‎ ‎ A. your B.my C.her ‎4. What's that ? It's a _______.‎ ‎ A. baseball B. book C. notebook ‎5. It isn't ______notebook.‎ ‎ A. her B. my C.his 三、作文。‎ 假如Alice拾到了一串钥匙，请替Alice 写一份启事，电话:56789‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit3 sectionA1a-1c, 2b-2d (1 课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.学会认知家庭成员，了解家庭关系。‎ ‎2.学会介绍人，识别人。‎ ‎3.通过认知家庭成员及关系学会使用指示代词复数these , those 的用法学会运用介绍人的句型: This / that is...以及these/those are和询问人的句型 Is this / that... ‎ ‎4.要求掌握以下词汇: (1) 名词: sister, mother, father, parent, brother, grandmother, grandfather, friend, grandparents (2) 代词: these those ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.掌握指示代词 this / these , that/ those 的用法。‎ ‎2. 名词的复数形式构成。‎ ‎3.用一般疑问句来询问并回答家庭成员的关系。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新复习上单元的重点句型短语。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ ‎ 一、 学点指导：‎ ‎ 1）this,these 指较近的人或事物，that,those 指较远的人或事物。‎ ‎ 2）this/that 是单数，在句中作主语时，谓语动词要用单数。these/those是复数，在句中作主语时，谓语动词要用复数。如：‎ ‎ This is a book.     These are books.‎ ‎ 3) 当我们介绍其他人时，单数用“This/That is…”，复数用“These/Those are…”‎ This is my brother. 这是我的弟弟。‎ These are my parents. 这两位是我的父母亲。‎ ‎4）在回答主语是this/that的疑问句时，通常用it 来代替this/that. 在回答主语是these/those的疑问句时，通常用they 来代替these/those,   以避免重复。 Is that your sister?  Yes,_______________.‎ 二、小组探究 ‎1. This / That is my sister. 这位 / 那位是我的姐姐。 ‎ ‎ 此句的复数形式是： / my . ‎ 总结：（this/ that的复数分别是 / ），要把单数句变成复数句，能变成 ；同样道理复数句变成单数句，能变成 。‎ These are watches. 单数句是 。 ‎ ‎ 2. It is a watch. 复数形式是： . （注意冠词a）‎ ‎ She is a girl.复数句是： 。‎ 总结：(he / she / it 复数都是 ，和this/that的复数不同)‎ 三、学习任务一：熟练掌握本节课的词汇。‎ ‎ 1.个人试读,组内相互纠正发音。‎ ‎ 2.老师领读,学生自己纠正自己的发音。‎ ‎ 3.小组竞赛,看谁记的多而快。‎ ‎ 4.认真观察1a的图片,将单词与图中的人物搭配,小组讨论并核对答案。‎ ‎ 6.听录音,完成1b,小组核对答案。‎ ‎ 学习任务二: 1 听录音,完成2a.2b,小组核对答案。‎ ‎ 2 介绍家人,引入复数的概念。‎ ‎ This is my f________, and this is my m________. They are my p_________.‎ ‎ 把下列单词变为复数形式。‎ ‎ mother __________ father_________ brother_________ sister________‎ ‎ friend___________ grandfather____________grandmother____________‎ ‎ 总结名词变复数的规则:______________________________________‎ ‎ 不规则变化this___________ that__________ is__________‎ ‎ 学习任务三:熟练运用介绍人的句型: This/that is以及 These/those are和询问人的句型 Is this/ that┅‎ ‎ 1、看图片1a,引入: This is Dave. This is his sister.‎ ‎ 2、用This is┅These are┅句型依次介绍Dave 的其他家人。‎ ‎ 3、小组竞赛看谁介绍的最多。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 一 、英汉互译。‎ ‎ 1.his friends___________2. these boys___________3. her grandmother____________‎ ‎ 4.你的父母亲___________ 5.他的妹妹们____________ 6.那些女孩们____________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.如何介绍自己的家人。 ‎ ‎2.学会认知家庭成员，了解家庭关系。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、 据句意和汉语填空。‎ ‎ 1. My father and my mother are my _________.‎ ‎ 2. This is my sister. ______name is Mary.‎ ‎ 3. What are these? They are ________.(橘子)‎ ‎ 4. Those are my_________(弟弟们).‎ ‎ 5. Your mother's mother is your __________.‎ 二、汉译英。‎ ‎ 1、这些是你的朋友吗?‎ ‎ Are __________ __________ ____________?‎ ‎ 2、那些是他们的尺子吗? 不,不是.‎ ‎ _________ _________ their__________?‎ ‎ No,______ _________.‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 3 section A3a- 4(1 课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟悉掌握本节课的3个单词。‎ ‎2.学会运用句型 Is he /she your...？ Yes,he / she is.‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 能运用本课所学句型进行自由交际。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新复习家庭成员的词及介绍他人的句型。名词的复数。‎ 自主互助学习 小组展示探究 ‎1. Is he / Guo Peng your brother? 他 / 郭鹏是你的哥哥吗？‎ Yes, he is. / No, he isn’t. 是的，他是。 / 不，他不是。‎ 这是一个含有动词be的一般疑问句。陈述句中将be的形式am，is，are，提至句首表示疑问，句号改为问号，其他语序不变。‎ 总结：注意这里的问句主语是 ，所以回答也用 。而：Is this a boy? ‎ 肯定回答是 ；否定回答是 。又如：Is that an eraser?‎ ‎ 肯定回答是 ；否定回答是 。而他们的主语是 ，所以回答用 。‎ 学习任务一: 熟练掌握本课单词。‎ ‎ 1．个人自读，记忆本课单词。‎ ‎ 2．教师领读，学生纠正自己的发音。‎ ‎ 3．小组相互检查单词读和写的情况。‎ 学习任务二: 能运用句型:Is he/she your ... ? Yes ,he /she is .自由交际。‎ ‎ 1．理解下列对话,两人合作练习。‎ ‎ A: That's Anna and that's Paul .‎ ‎ B: Is she your sister ?‎ ‎ A: Yes, she is .‎ ‎ B:And is he your brother ?‎ ‎ A: He's my friend.‎ ‎ 2．小组合作,讨论对话意思 。‎ ‎3．小组开展竞赛,展示自己的对话(完成3a)。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、用 所给词的正确形式填空。‎ ‎1.This _____ (be) my sister.  ‎ ‎  2. These ______ (be)my ________(sister) .‎ ‎3.That ______ (be) my brother.  ‎ ‎ 4.Those ______ (be)my ________( brother) . ‎ 二、按要求写出相应的词。‎ ‎ ⑴ this (反义词)____ ⑵ these (反义词)_____‎ ‎ ⑶ it (复数形式)____ ⑷ he (对应词)______‎ ‎ ⑸ sister (对应词）___ ⑹ is not (缩写)______ ‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎ 学会运用句型 Is he /she your...？ Yes,he / she is. 进行自由交际。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、将下列句子变为一般疑问句，并作简要的肯定或否定的回答:‎ ‎1．  This is Gina.‎ ‎ ____ ________ Gina?   Yes, ______ __________.‎ ‎2．  That is his brother.‎ ‎ _____ ________ his brother? No, _______ __________.‎ ‎3．He is my good friend. ‎ ‎___ _____ _______ good friend?    Yes, _____‎ ‎4．These are nice pictures. ‎ ‎____ _________ nice pictures?   Yes, _______‎ ‎5．Those are school things.‎ ‎_____ _________ school things?   No, ______‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎ （ ）1. Is she your ___? Yes,she is.‎ ‎ A. brother B. sister C. brothers D. sisters ‎ ‎ （ ）2. That ___his brother. ‎ A. am B. is C. are D. it ‎ ‎ （ ）3. Is Li Fang your friend ? Yes,___is . ‎ ‎ A. his B. her C. she D. he ‎ ‎（ ） 4—Is that your mother ? —_________________‎ ‎ A. Yes, it's.　　B. No, it is.　　C. Yes, it is　　D. No ,it not.‎ ‎ （ ）5. This is ____sister .‎ ‎ A. I B. me C. my D.he ‎ ‎（ ） 6.Please call Mary___256-7893. ‎ ‎ A. in B. at C. to D. of ‎（ ） 7.What’s your name? _____me Jack.‎ ‎ A. Make B. Name C. Ask D. Call ‎ （ ）8.How do you spell______.‎ ‎ A. they B. them C. Its D. their ‎（ ）9.Anna is not my sister. _____my cousin.‎ A. He B. He's C. She D. She's ‎（ ）10. Is this a computer? Yes,_____.‎ A. this is B. this's C. it's D. it is ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit3 section B1—2c ( 1课时) ‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.通过对家谱的了解，掌握家庭成员的称呼，灵活运用各家庭成员的称谓介绍自己的家人。 ‎ ‎2.掌握人称代词的用法：I, you ,she, he, it, they.‎ ‎ 3.掌握 关于家庭成员的词汇 son, cousin, daughter, uncle, aunt.‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.能熟练识别家谱。‎ ‎ 2.进步熟练运用介绍家人的句型巩固如何介绍家人。‎ ‎3.名词的复数。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组运用句型 Is he /she your...？ Yes,he / she is. 进行自由交际。‎ 自主互助学习 小组预习探究 ‎1.家庭成员grandmother和grandfather可以合称为grandparents；mother和father可以合称为parents；son和daughter可以合称为chileren或相对于grandparents来说，可合称为grandchileren。‎ ‎2. family, home和house ‎⑴family “家”，“家庭”，“家人”，着重指家庭，家庭成员或家中人口。‎ ‎⑵home “家”；指同家人共同生活居住的地方，特别强调家里的氛围和环境，不一定含有建筑的意思。‎ ‎⑶house “住宅”，“房子”；指居住的房屋，建筑物。试比较：‎ ‎①This is my family tree. 这是我的家谱。‎ ‎②My family are here. 我们全家人都来了。‎ ‎③My home is in Beijing. 我家在北京。‎ ‎④She isn’t at home. 她不在家。‎ ‎⑤I have a new house. 我有了新房子。‎ ‎⑷home 是一个带感情色彩的词。如：hometown 故乡  old home 老家 ‎ 拓展：1. 名词的数。‎ 名词可分为可数名词和不可数名词。可数名词又分为单数和复数。表示一个人或事物的名词用单数；表示两个以上人或事物的名词用复数。英语名词复数形式通常是在单数名词后面加–s或-es构成。如：⑴一般名词后面加-spencil—pencils     egg—eggs ‎⑵以-s, -x, -ch, -sh结尾的名词后面加–esbox—boxes   class—classes ‎⑶以辅音字母＋y结尾的名词，把y变成i，再加–es。story—stories   city—cities ‎⑷以元音字母＋y结尾的名词，后面直接加–s。day—days      boy—boys 名词的复数还有一些不规则的变化，如：‎ Chinese—Chinese       Japanese—Japanese man—men        woman—women     child—children 学习任务一: 熟练掌握本课的5个单词。‎ 学习任务二: 熟练掌握识别part1中的家谱。‎ ‎1、阅读 family tree ，用方框中的单词补全家谱 。‎ 学习任务三:听录音,练习对话。‎ ‎1、听录音完成2a，再听一遍，选择2b中正确的图画。‎ ‎2、利用2分钟时间记住中关于家庭 成员的名词，然后相互检查，小组竞赛展示单词 。‎ ‎3、模仿听力内容，利用 照片或自制图片介绍自己的家人。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、根据句意及首字母提示补全单词。‎ ‎1. Mary is his s .‎ ‎2. His father's brother is his u .‎ ‎3. His mother's sister is his a .‎ ‎4.—Is Jim your c ?—Yes, he is.‎ ‎5 . A those your parents.‎ 二、把下列单词变为复数形式。‎ ‎ mother __________ father _________ brother _________ sister ________‎ ‎ friend ___________ grandfather ____________ grandmother ____________‎ ‎ cousin ____________ daughter ______________ aunt ________ uncle __________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.能熟练识别家谱并进步熟练运用介绍家人的句型巩固如何介绍家人。‎ ‎2. 名词的复数。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎ 一、 单项选择 。‎ ‎( )1. —Are his two sisters. — Yes ,they are .‎ A . She B. He C. This D. These ‎( )2. —Is he your father? — .‎ A. No, he is B Yes, he's C. No, he not D. Yes, he is ‎( )3.—What's this English?—It's apple.‎ A. in, an B. at, an C. in, a D. on, the ‎( )4.— are you Jack?—No, I'm not.‎ A. Sorry B. Excuse me C. I'm D. Thanks ‎( )5. That's her aunt,_______name is Mary.‎ A .his B. her C. him D.she ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit3 section B3a-- Self check (1 课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.复习掌握本单元所学词汇。‎ ‎2.复习句型：Is he/she your ...?Yes ,he is ./No, she isn’t.‎ ‎3.掌握人称代词的用法： she, he .‎ ‎4. 学习如何写介绍家人的短信。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.掌握人称代词的用法： she/ he.‎ ‎2.了解并初步掌握以书信的形式介绍自己的家庭。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组合作总结本单元所学的重点词汇、语法、句型结构。‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________________‎ 自主互助学习 一、 知识点剖析 ‎ 1. the photo of your family. 感谢你寄来你的家庭照（全家福）。‎ ‎ = the photo of your family. 句中the photo of your family = your family photo ‎ (1)此句中Thanks是感谢用语。Thanks是名词，常用复数形式，加“s”是加强感谢的语气，不能省略。后通常加介词for表示感谢的原因。如：Thanks for your ‎ help. 谢谢你的帮助。‎ ‎(2)句中of用来表示名词(通常是无生命的事物)的所有格，而有生命的事物，其所有格用’s形式。如：the legs of the table桌腿  Tom’s cap汤姆的帽子 ‎(3)photo是“照片”的意思，它的复数是photos。picture也可以用来表示“照片”。of后面的名词表示照片上是什么或是谁。如：‎ That is a photo of me. 这是我的照片。‎ It’s a photo of Mary. 这是玛丽的照片。‎ 总结：因......而感谢 .‎ ‎ 2. Here is my family photo. 这儿是我的家庭照。 ‎ ‎ Here are some books. 这儿有一些书。‎ There is a picture and three pencils on the desk. 桌子上有一幅画和三支铅笔。‎ There are many photos in the drawer. 抽屉里有许多照片。‎ 总结：（here / there 后的be动词单复数形式要以紧随其后的 来定）也即Here/There is + 形式......; Here/There are + 形式......‎ 例如：There a desk and two chairs in the room. There two chairs and a desk.(用be的正确形式填空)‎ ‎ 二、学习任务 熟悉掌握本课5个单词， 学习描述家庭照片的文章。‎ ‎ 1个人自读3a中的短信，找出信中的2个短语，翻译出句中的汉语意思。‎ ‎2．小组合作，描述书信格。‎ ‎ 3.小组讨论，如何写出3b中的描述照片的文章 。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 1．翻译下列词语。‎ ‎ 为了----而感谢 ________________ 一张我的家庭照片_______________‎ ‎ 我的父母_______________ 她的婶婶 ________________ ‎ ‎2. 写出下列各词的对应词。‎ ‎ father__________ grandmother __________ brother __________‎ ‎ boy___________ son __________ white ______________‎ ‎ come ___________ ask ____________ no _____________‎ ‎3.词型转换(写出以下词的复数形式)。‎ ‎ 1）this__________ 2）that____________ 3）she____________‎ ‎ 4）parent_____________5）dictionary______________ 6）watch______________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 学会自己写一篇文章，介绍你的一张照片。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎ 一、完型填空(选择适当的词完成以下短文)。‎ ‎ This is a 1 of Jim's family.This man 2 Mr Green. 3 is Jim's father.‎ ‎ 4 woman is Mrs Green. 5 is Jim's mother.Who 6 this boy and ‎ ‎7 girl?‎ The 8 is Jim,Mr Green's son.The 9 is Kate,Mr Green's daughter.Kate is 10 ‎ sister.Jim and Kate are brother and sister.‎ ‎( )1. A. book B. photo C .map D. room ‎( )2. A. is B .am C. are D. be ‎ ‎( )3. A. She B. Her C. He D. His ‎( )4. A. A B. An C. These D. This ‎( )5. A. She B. He r C. He D. His ‎( )6. A. is B. am C. love D. are ‎( )7. A. a B. these C. this D. an ‎( )8. A. girl B. boy C. boys D. girls ‎( )9. A. girl B. boy C. boys D. girls ‎( )10. A.J im B. Jims C. Jim's D. a Jim ‎ 二、假如你叫Mary,请你给你的朋友Jim写一封信,向她介绍一下你的家人。‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎___________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎【总结反思】 ‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 4 sectionA1a—1c ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标 ‎1.学会一些表示家具的名词以及学习用品的单词。‎ ‎ 2.学会方位介词，in, on ,under , behind的用法。‎ ‎　3.能用方位介词和where句型表述物品的正确位置。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.方位介词in ,on , under,behind 的用法。‎ ‎2.where句型表述物品的正确位置。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新复习前面学习过的物品名词pen,pencil,book,ruler,eraser,backpack,pencil case,pencil sharpener,dictionary，key ,jacket ,quilt ,orange…‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 一、小组预习 ‎1. 会读写、本课14个单词。‎ ‎ 小组内竞赛，看谁记得快、准，并展示（默写）。‎ ‎　　 2.认真观察１a的图画，将词语与图中物品搭配，小组讨论，并核对答案。‎ ‎　　二、课堂导读 ‎ 1.用方位介词描述物品的位置。‎ ‎ 1）利用物品的位置变化，练习方位介词in,on ,underbehind以及介词短语（教师示范）。‎ ‎　　 2）小组为单位练习这些方位介词及短语，并完成下列短语。‎ ‎ 在桌子下面__________　在梳妆台上__________　　在书橱里___________ ‎ ‎ 在沙发上____________　在床下面____________　　在椅子后面____________‎ ‎ 2.总结：介词短语结构_______________________‎ ‎ 3.运用方位介词in,on,under,behind 及 where's …?/where are …及其答语，小组自由对话，表述物品的正确位置。‎ ‎ 4.以小组为单位，看1a图画，并分别理解图画中的对话：‎ ‎ （1）A: Where's my backpack ?‎ ‎ B: It's under the table.‎ ‎ （2）A: Where are my books? ‎ ‎ B: hey're on the sofa.‎ ‎ 5.小组合作，结合1a图画或实物，练习自己的对话并展示。‎ ‎ 三、拓展 ‎ 小组讨论完成下列短语。‎ ‎ 在我的抽屉里________________　　在他的梳妆台上__________________‎ ‎ 在这个沙发下面_____________‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、翻译下列词汇。‎ ‎1.桌子_______　2.床__________　3.梳妆台________　4.书橱；书柜_______　‎ ‎5.沙发_______　 6.椅子________ 7.抽屉________　8.植物_________‎ ‎9.（疑问副词）在哪里________　10. 在…下_____　11.在…上_____‎ ‎12.　在…里面___ __　13.在…后面___ __14.他（她，它）们_____‎ 二、根据汉语意思连词成句。‎ ‎　1.我的尺子在课桌上。‎ ‎　　on, desk, the, my, is, ruler　　_______________________________.‎ ‎ 2.那只棒球在双肩背包里。‎ ‎ Backpack, the, in the, baseball, is ‎ ‎ _________________________________________.‎ ‎ 3.那只钢笔在书的下面。‎ ‎ under, pen, the, book, the is ________________________________.‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.方位介词in ,on , under,behind 的用法。‎ ‎2.where句型表述物品的正确位置。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、根据句意完成句子。‎ ‎ 1．我的书在哪？在你的梳妆台上。‎ ‎ _______ _______ _______ books? _______ _______ on your ______.‎ ‎ 2．椅子在哪？桌子下。‎ ‎ Where are the ______ ? _______ _______ the _______.‎ ‎3. 我的双肩包在哪里？在桌子下面。‎ ‎ ________ _____ my backpack?‎ ‎ It's ______ _____ _______.‎ ‎　4. 我的书（books）在哪里？ 在沙发上。‎ ‎ _______ _______ my books?‎ ‎ They are ______ ______ ______‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎（ ） 1.Thanks ________ your family photo.‎ A．of B .from C ．for D ．to ‎ ‎（ ）2.Anna is not my sister. ________ my cousin. ‎ A． He B． He's C． She D． She's ‎ ‎（ ）3. Where is my book? It's under _____ table .‎ ‎ A. my the B. the my C. my D./‎ ‎（ ）4. Where ____ his keys? ‎ ‎ A. is B. are C. am D. be ‎ ‎（ ）5. — Where's Kunming? —It's ____ Yunnan.‎ ‎ A. in B. in the C. at D. on ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】Unit 4 section A2a--4 ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练掌握本课3个单词。‎ ‎2.掌握介词in, on under 的用法。‎ ‎3.利用交际句型询问并描述物品的位置。 ‎ 掌握句型 Is the baseball on the sofa？ Yes, it is./No, it isn't.‎ where's my backpack ? It's /They're in/under/on…‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 学习掌握句型 Is the baseball on the sofa？Yes, it is./No, it isn't.‎ where's my backpack ? It's /They're in/under/on…‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新复习方位介词 on / in /under物品名词where's …?/where are …‎ 及其答语，小组自由对话，表述物品的正确位置。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 一、预读句子破译。‎ ‎1．Where is/are…? ……在哪里？‎ 这是询问物品位置或方位的一种简单的提问方式，句中动词be的形式是根据句中主语的单复数（或不可数名词）而确定的。如：‎ Where is your book?（可数名词单数）？你的书在哪里？‎ Where are the balls（可数名词复数）？球在哪里？‎ Where is the coke（不可数名词）？可乐在哪里？‎ ‎2．介词in，on，behind和under ‎（1）in：“在……中”、“在……里面”，通常表示某一空间里。‎ 如：in China在中国??      in Macao在澳门 in the backpack在书包里，‎ 此外，in还可用于表示时间、表示用什么语言或者表示衣着。‎ 如：in 2003在2003年 ，in the morning/afternoon在上午/下午in English 用英语 ‎ ‎（2）on：“在……上面”，有接触面。‎ 如:on the desk 在桌子上on the dresser 在梳妆台上on the blackboard 在黑板上 此外，on还可指具体时间，也可与名词一起构成介词短语。‎ 如：on Monday 星期一on duty 值日，值班 ‎（3）behind：“在……后面”。‎ 如：behind the door 在门后behind the desk 在书桌后 ‎（4）under：“在……下面”。如：under the tdesk 在桌子下under the bed 在床下 注意：以上所列出的表示位置的介词短语都可用来回答以where引导的特殊疑问句。如：‎ ‎ Where is the ball? 那球在哪儿？It's under the chair. 在那张椅子下。‎ ‎ Where are the maps? 那些地图在哪里？They are on the wall. 它们在墙上。‎ 二、学习任务：‎ 学习任务一 听力练习 ‎1．试读2a中出现的单词并写出在相应的物品下。‎ ‎2．听录音，按听到的顺序给这些物品编号 ‎3．再听录音，在2b中找出活动2a中的物品，并编号.‎ ‎4. 两人一组，练习听力对话，并展示.‎ 学习任务二: 能用一般疑问句谈论物品的位置。‎ ‎1. 会读写本课3个单词bag / know /do not=don’t.‎ ‎2. 利用Where的特殊疑问句和Is it┅ Are they┅谈论物品的位置。 ‎ ‎3.自读下列对话,试着理解意思。‎ ‎ A: Where is my backpack?‎ ‎ B: I don’t know .Is it on the table?‎ ‎ A: No,it isn't.‎ ‎ B: Is it on the chair?‎ ‎ A: No,it isn't.Oh,it's under the chair. ‎ ‎4. 学生阅读3a 给下列句子排序并使其组成对话。两人一组练习 对话。 ‎ ‎5. 仿造3a 对话利用3c 图片相互问答。 利用身边实物进行问答练习。 ‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、 根据汉语写出下列英语单词并展示。‎ ‎1.在背包里__________ 2.在沙发的下面__________ 3. 在椅子下面___________‎ ‎4.在梳妆台上_____________ 5.我的电子游戏____________6.在抽屉里 _________ ‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.掌握介词in, on under 的用法。‎ ‎2.掌握句型 Is the baseball on the sofa？ Yes, it is./No, it isn't.‎ where's my backpack ? It's /They're in/under/on…‎ 拓展练习】‎ 一、根据句意及首字母提示写出下列单词。 ‎ ‎１.—Where' s my backpack?‎ ‎—It's u______the table . ‎ ‎２.—Where are my books?‎ ‎—I don't k________. ‎ ‎３.—Where are her keys?‎ ‎—They're o____the table . ‎ ‎４.—Where are his books? ‎ ‎—They're i____the bookcase. ‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 4 sectionB1a—2b ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握本课单词及短语。Math, alarm,CD,video ,tape,hat.‎ ‎2.能准确描述物品所在的位置。Where's your math book ?It’s/They're in /on /under…‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 描述物品所在的位置。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组总结前面学习的表示物品的词，描述物品方位的句型。‎ ‎ _________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎____________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎_____________________________________________________________________________‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 1.熟练读、写本课单词及短语。 ‎ ‎ 2. 根据汉语写出下列英语单词及短语并展示。‎ 单词：数学________ 光盘_________ 录像;视频_________录音带_______帽子_______‎ 短语：闹钟＿＿＿＿＿ 录像带____________ 数学书____________‎ ‎3.独立完成1a,小组核对答案。‎ ‎4.开展竞赛活动,完成1b.‎ ‎5.用方位介词及where句型表述1a图画中物品的正确位置。‎ A.根据1a图画,找出物品的位置并填在相应的横线上。‎ ‎1)math book________________ 2) ruler______________ 3) __________ on the bed ‎4) CDs______________ 5) ___________ on the table B.根据图画及位置自由问答。‎ e.g. (1) A: Where is the video tape?‎ B: It's on the table.‎ ‎ (2) A: Where are the books?‎ B: They are on the chair.‎ ‎6.正确描述物品所在的位置。‎ A.听录音,完成2a.并把物品的位置填在相应的横线上。‎ ‎1）alarm clock _________ 2) video tape _________ 3) math book____________‎ ‎ 4) CD__________ 5) books _____________‎ B.听录音,并结合描述物品的位置,完成2b.‎ e.g. The math book is on the dresser ‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎ ( )1．一 ______is the backpack? 一It's on the table．‎ A. What B．Where C. How D. Who ‎( )2. His pens ______ in the pencil-box.‎ A．is B．am C．are D．do ‎( )3．一Where is the bag? 一 _________．‎ ‎ A．It's a bag． B．Yes，it is C．On the desk D. It's not my bag ‎( )4．Her baseball is _______ the floor．‎ ‎ A．in B．on C．under D. behind ‎ ( )5．一How do you _____ “pen”? 一P-E-N．‎ ‎ A．ask B．speak C．1isten D．spell ‎【要点归纳】‎ 用句型 Where's your math book ?It's/They're in /on /under… 描述物品所在的位置。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎( )1．There is a window ______ the wall．‎ A．on B．in C．at D. under ‎( )2．Please take the book ______ the classroom.‎ ‎ A．to B．in C．on D．at ‎( )3．一Jim，please _______ my backpack here．一OK．‎ ‎ A．take B．put C．bring D．give ‎( )4．I have a baseball．It's ______ the bookcase ________ the desk.‎ ‎ A．from to B．between to C．in on D．between and ‎( )5．My mother buys(买)me a new computer．It's ________．‎ ‎ A．behind the wall B．on the desk ‎ C．in the bookcase D．under the bed 二、阅读短文,判断正(T)误(F).‎ I am Jane.This is my room.The TV and video tape are on the table. Where is my backpack?It isn't on the table.Oh!It's on the bed.My pencils aren't on the table.They are in my pencil case and it's in my backpack.My computer games are under the chair.My alarm clock,my ID card and my keys are on the dresser.‎ ‎( )1.Her video tapes are on the TV. ‎ ‎( )2.Her backpack isn't on the bed.‎ ‎( )3.Her pencils are in the pencil case.‎ ‎( )4.Her pencil case isn't in her backpack.‎ ‎( )5.Her ID card is on the dresser.‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit4 sectionB3a—Self check ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.复习掌握本单元的单词，掌握本节课的12个单词。‎ ‎ 2.掌握本节的两个重点短语。‎ ‎ 3.掌握便条的书写格式以及如何写便条。‎ ‎4. 学会询问及描述物品的具体位置。 ‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.会写便条。‎ ‎2.引导学生复习方位介词并介绍自己的房间，形成方位感知。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组合作归纳本单元所学的词汇、短语及句型。______________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎________________________________________________________________________________‎ 自主互助学习 词句剖析 ‎1. Please take these things to your sister. 请把这些东西带给你姐姐。‎ take, bring, carry 和get的区别：‎ ‎ 1）take “带走”，从近处带到远处，例如：‎ ‎ Please take these books to your home after school.‎ ‎2） bring “带来”，从远处带来，例如：‎ ‎ Can you bring me some things to school?‎ 拓展1）carry “带”，无方向性，指移动较重、较大的东西，有“负重”的含义，例如：‎ ‎ The bag is too heavy for me. Can you carry it for me?‎ ‎2）get “去拿来”，相当于go and bring，例如：‎ ‎ Can I get you something to drink?‎ ‎2. I need my hat, my notebook and my pen. ‎ 我需要我的帽子，笔记本和钢笔。‎ need v. 需要 ‎1) need ＋ sth./sb. “需要……” 例如：‎ She really needs these books.‎ ‎2) need to do sth. “需要做……” 例如：‎ I need to listen to some relaxing music. ‎ ‎ 学习任务一: 熟悉掌握本课12个单词。‎ ‎ 1.自读并记忆单词2分钟小组相互提问。‎ ‎2.展示交流，小组竞赛翻译出下列词组。 ‎ ‎ 拿走;带到________ 东西,物________ 妈妈________ 能,可以,会_______ ‎ ‎ 拿来,取来,带来________ 一些,若干_______ 需要________ 地板,地面 _______ ‎ ‎ 房间________ 电视,电视机________ 书桌,课桌________ ‎ 学习任务二: 掌握便条的书写格式。 ‎ ‎（一）1.个人自读3a中的便条。‎ ‎ 2.小组合作,翻译短文。‎ ‎ take┅to┅____________________ ‎ ‎ 翻译:把这块橡皮给你的弟弟.________________________‎ ‎ 把这块表带到房间里. ________________________‎ ‎ 3.小组合作，讨论便条的格式。‎ ‎4.展示交流。‎ ‎（二）1. 独立完成3b.‎ ‎ 2. 小组核对答案，并试着翻译短文。‎ ‎ 3. 小组合作，讨论bring┅to ┅的用法。‎ ‎ 翻译：把你的电子游戏带到学校里来。_______________________________‎ 学习任务三: 小组合作完成Self -Check ‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、用适当的介词填空。‎ ‎1.This is a picture _______ my family.‎ ‎2.The clock is _______ the wall．‎ ‎3.Is the boy _________ a black hat Jim?‎ ‎4. I can take this backpack ______ your brother.‎ ‎5. Can you bring some things _______ school?‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.会写便条。‎ ‎2.引导学生复习方位介词并介绍自己的房间，形成方位感知。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、阅读理解 ‎ Look at this . Here's a pencil case, it's orange, it's my pencil case, it's on the desk. Look! This is a pen, it's black. And this is an eraser, it's blue and white. They're both (都) in the pencil case. This is a ruler, it's red, it's on the pencil case. That is a ruler, too.It's yellow. It’s in the drawer. Where's my math book? Ah, it's there, under the sofa.‎ ‎( ) 1. This is pencil case. A. my B. her C. his ‎( ) 2 The yellow ruler is ‎ ‎ A. in the backpack B. in the drawer C. on the pencil case ‎( ) 3. in the pencil case. A. A pen is B. An eraser C. A ‎ and B are ‎( ) 4. The is orange. A. pen B. pencil C. pencil case ‎( ) 5. Where is my English book? _________‎ ‎ A. Under the sofa B. On the desk C. Sorry, I don't know. ‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit5 sectionA1a---2c ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握本节课的9个单词和2个短语。‎ have , ball, tennis, volley, basketball, Ping-Pong , soccer ball, tennis racket, bat .‎ ‎2.学会句型Do you /theyhave a TV?以及其回答Yes, I / they do. /No, I / they don't.‎ Does he /she have a soccer ball? Yes, he/she does. No, he/she doesn’t.‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.学会就有关人与物所属关系进行问答的句子。‎ ‎2.学习动词have的一般现在时的用法；使用do和does引导的一般疑问句的构成以及简单回答。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 小组复习前面学过的人称代词I /you /he / she，物质名词baseball/ computer game /sister…‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 一、预习天地 ‎1. you have a soccer ball? 你有一个足球吗？ ‎ ‎ Yes, I . / No, I . ‎ ‎ she have a tennis racket? 她有一个网球拍吗？ ‎ ‎ Yes, she . / No, she .‎ ‎ （谓语是实义动词的时候，一般疑问句形式是：do / does 提前到 前，主语后面的动词用 ）‎ ‎ I don’t have a soccer ball. 我没有一个足球。 ‎ ‎ She doesn’t have a volleyball. 她没有排球。‎ ‎（谓语是实义动词的时候，否定形式：do /does +not + 动词原形）‎ 总结：当主语是第一人称单复数/第二人称单复数/第三人称复数时，在谓语动词 加 ，谓语动词用 就变成否定句；在句首加 ，谓语是 就变成一般疑问句。‎ ‎ 当主语是第三人称单数 时，在谓语动词 加 ， 同时谓语动词用 就变成否定句；在句首加 ，谓语动词用 就变成一般疑问句。‎ 例如：His father has a baseball.否定句是 His father a baseball.一般疑问句是 his father a baseball? 又：She does her ‎ homework. 否定句和一般疑问句是 。‎ 二、学习任务:‎ ‎ 1. 熟练掌握本节课的9个词汇和2个短语。‎ ‎ 过程（1）个人试读，组内相互纠正发音。‎ ‎ （2）教师领读，学生纠正自己的发音 ‎ （3）自己读并记住汉语意思，组内检查。‎ ‎ （4）小组竞赛，看着食物或图片快速读出写出英语词汇，看谁记的快而多。‎ ‎2.完成课本1a-2c学习任务。‎ ‎（1）认真观察1a的图画，将单词与图中物品搭配，小组讨论并核对答。‎ ‎（2）听录音，完成1b，小组核对答案。‎ ‎（3）看图片1a中物品，熟练运用询问人与物所属关系的句型Do you have ----?及回答 Yes, I do. /No, I don't.‎ ‎(4)小组讨论：把Do you have a soccer ball?中的you替换为he/she.小组竞赛看谁练的快而多。Does he /she have a soccer ball? Yes, he/she does. No, he/she doesn't ‎ (5)小组看2c中的物品，利用句型----Do you /theyhave a _____? ----Yes, I / they do. /No, I / they don't. -----Does he /she have a ______? ----- Yes, he/she does. /No, he/she doesn't.进行的话比赛。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、英汉互译：‎ ‎1.soccer ball_____________ 2.tennis racket_____________ 3.有________ ‎ ‎4.ball________ 5.排球___________6. basketbal ________‎ ‎7.网球____________8.乒乓球_________9.球拍_________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.学会句型Do you /theyhave a TV?以及其回答Yes, I / they do. /No, I / they don't.‎ Does he /she have a soccer ball? Yes, he/she does. No, he/she doesn 't.‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、根据要求完成句子。‎ ‎1. I have a good pen friend .( 变为一般疑问句，并作否定回答)‎ ‎______ you have a good pen friend ? No, I _______.‎ ‎2. She has a nice picture . (对划线部分提问) ‎ ‎_______ dose she ________?‎ ‎3._______his parents _______(have) a ping-pang ball?    （用动词的正确形式填空，并作出相应回答）    ------Yes,________________.‎ ‎4. _________our English teacher ______(have) a basketball?（用动词的正确形式填空，并作出相应回答）‎ ‎   -------No,_________________.‎ 二、 根实际情况回答下列问题。 ‎ ‎1. How are you today? ______________________ ‎ ‎2. What's your name? _____________________ ‎ ‎3. Do you like English? _____________________ ‎ ‎4.What color is your bag? _________________ ‎ ‎5. D o you have a basketball ? ______________ ‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 5 sectionA3a—4 ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1..掌握单词 let,play,well,good,sport,many,club,class,more ‎2.掌握提建议的句型Let's--‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.学会使用Let's---- 提建议。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组利用物质名词ball, tennis, volley, basketball, Ping-Pong , soccer ball, tennis racket, bat .复习前面学过的句型Do you /they have a TV?以及其回答Yes, I / they do. /No, I / they don't. Does he /she have a soccer ball? Yes, he/she does. No, he/she doesn't 自主互助学习 ‎ 句型剖析1．Let's play sports !我们做运动吧。这是一个以动词Let开头的祁使句，表示建议。let后跟一个名词或宾格代词，再接一个动词原形，表示“让某人做某事”，即let sb. do sth. 祁使句子都是以动词开头，省略主语。Let's是let us的缩写形式，us译为“我们”，放在动词let后作宾语，被称作宾格代词。如：‎ Let him go. 让他走吧。‎ Let's go to the park. 我们去公园吧。‎ ‎ Let me / him / us play soccer. 让我 / 他 / 我们踢足球吧。‎ 总结：let后面要用 。‎ 例如： Let's TV.(watch). Let her (sing) a song.‎ ‎ 2. You want to join one of your school sports clubs.‎ 你想加入你们学校的一个体育运动俱乐部。‎ want 想，想要 ‎1) want + sth./sb. “想要……” 例如：‎ I want two soccer balls.‎ ‎2) want to do sth. “想要做……” 例如：‎ He wants to join the reading club.‎ ‎3) want sb. (not) to do sth. “想某人（不）做什么” 例如：‎ My mother wants me to play sports every day.‎ He wants that boy not to play soccer in the street.‎ 学习任务: ‎ 一、 熟练掌握本课的12个单词。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆本课单词。‎ ‎ 2.小组互相检查单词读写情况。‎ ‎ 3.根据汉语写出下列英语单词并展示。‎ 让_______ 玩,打_________ 听起来____________ 运动___________我们__________ ‎ 社团___________ 更多的____________ 班级,课________________‎ 二:完成3a—4的练习,根据3b练习Let's--的用法。‎ ‎ 1.完成3a的练习。‎ ‎ 2.两人一组,练习3b对话。‎ ‎3.两人一组做替换练习。 ‎ 合作共建 ‎ 小组讨论play+soccer,tennis,volleyball,ping-pong,sports的翻译并总结play和球类名词之间不加任何冠词。‎ ‎【课堂练习】 ‎ 一、根据汉语完成句子。‎ ‎ 1.我没有一个网球拍。‎ ‎ I ______ ______ a _______ racket.‎ ‎ 2. 让我们去踢足球吧.。‎ ‎ _____________________________‎ ‎ 3. 那听起来很好。‎ ‎ That _________ good.‎ ‎ 4. 我们有很多运动俱乐部。‎ ‎ We _______ many _______ clubs.‎ ‎ 5.你打网球吗?你踢足球吗?‎ ‎ Do you ____________? ___________ play soccer?.‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎ 1..掌握单词 let,play,well,good,sport,many,club,class,more ‎2.掌握提建议的句型Let's--‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、用所给词的适当形式填空。‎ ‎ 1. That _______ (sound ) good..‎ ‎ 2. ______ you _____ (have) a tennis racket?‎ ‎ 3. We have many sports _________(club).‎ ‎ 4. Let's_________(play) ping-pong.‎ ‎ 5.I _________(not have) a soccer ball. ‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎( ) 1. your father a brother?‎ ‎ A. Is, have B. Do, has C. Does, have D. Does, has ‎( ) 2. —Do Barry and Peter have a baseball? —Yes, .‎ ‎ A. they are B. they do C. they have D. he does ‎( ) 3. Tim and Jim, let's play soccer. ‎ ‎ A. a B. the C. / D. an ‎( ) 4. —Let's play tennis. —That ______ very good.‎ A. sounds B. sound C. has D. have ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 5 sectionB1a--2c ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握单词interesting,boring,fun,difficult,relaxing,watch,watch TV ‎2.熟练掌握提建议的句型Let's--‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.学习使用描述性形容词：interesting，boring，fun，difficult，relaxing:复习do／does引导的一般疑问句和let's…句型；复习名词的复数构成与使用。‎ ‎ 2.行为动词一般现在时的肯定句、否定句的结构，尤其是单三形式的变化。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组复习提建议的句型Let's…‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 预习天地 ‎ 1.Let's play computer games. That sounds interesting.‎ That sounds good / great / interesting / boring.那听起来不错 /好极了 /有趣 /无聊。（that指代上文之事，注意that sounds的主谓一致原则）小组讨论总结sound 为什么词?后需加什么样的词?举例说明.‎ 学习任务:‎ ‎ 一． 熟练掌握本课的7个单词。‎ ‎1.个人自读，记忆本课单词。‎ ‎ 2.小组互相检查单词读写情况。‎ ‎3.根据汉语写出下列英语单词并展示。‎ 有趣的,令人感兴趣的______________/__________ 无聊的,令人生厌的__________‎ 困难的______________ 轻松的______________ 看电视_________________‎ 二、小组合作完成1a---2c的学习任务。‎ ‎1.小组合作完成1a 。‎ ‎2.听录音,练习Let's--的用法。‎ ‎3..听录音完成2a.‎ ‎4.再听一遍,完成2b内容。‎ ‎5.使用描述性形容词：interesting，boring，fun，difficult，relaxing和let's…句型，小组竞争作对话练习，比一比，哪一组作的好。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、根据句意及首字母提示补全单词。‎ ‎ 1. These questions are very d_____________.‎ ‎ 2. They play football e__________ day.‎ ‎ 3. D________ she like sports?‎ ‎ 4. That s__________ interesting.‎ ‎ 5. I don't w____________ TV in the evening.‎ ‎ 6.—Let's play tennis.—No, it's b______________.‎ ‎ 7. We have many c________:volleyball,basketball,ping-pong and more.‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.学习使用描述性形容词：interesting，boring，fun，difficult，relaxing: ‎ ‎2.熟练掌握提建议的句型Let's…‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、用所给动词的正确形式填空。‎ ‎ 1. Let's ___________ (play) soccer.‎ ‎ 2. That ___________ (sound) boring.‎ ‎ 3. He ____________ (have) a book.‎ ‎4.You ___________( not play) ______(sport) every  day.‎ ‎5.She ___________( not,watch TV) in the evening. She _________(study) English every day.‎ ‎6.Let's_________(play) volleyball with ______(she).She ________(play) every day.‎ ‎7.Let your sisiter _______(play) the computer game.‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎( )1 The math class is _______. I like (喜欢) it.‎ ‎ A. interesting B. relaxing C. fun D. boring.‎ ‎( ) 2.—Let's play basketball. —No,_____________.‎ ‎ A. it's boring B. it's interesting C. it's good D. it's fun ‎( ) 3.That's an ___________ question.‎ ‎ A. interesting B. boring C. difficult D. relaxing ‎( ) 4. Do you play _______? ‎ A. basketballs B. a basketball C. basketball D. the basketball ‎( ) 5. That sounds ___________.‎ ‎ A. well B. badly C. good D. fine 三、阅读短文，将Ⅱ栏中的词和Ⅰ栏中的事物对应起来。‎ Do you play sports? Well, I play sports every day. I play tennis, basketball and more. I play compute games, too. It is interesting. But I don't have a computer. I play basketball every day. I think (认为) it is fun. I don't play volleyball. It is difficult. I don't watch TV. I think it's boring. I do morning exercises (早操) every day. It is good for my health (健康).‎ ‎ Ⅰ Ⅱ ‎( ) 1. computer game A. boring ‎ ‎( ) 2. do morning exercises B. fun ‎( ) 3. volleyball C. interesting ‎( ) 4. basketball D. difficult ‎( ) 5.watch TV E .good for health ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 5 section B3a—self --check ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握本节课的9个单词和4个短语。‎ ‎2.学会写某人所拥有物品的短文。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.学会写某人所拥有物品的短文。‎ ‎2.行为动词一般现在时的肯定句、否定句的结构，尤其第三人称单数形式的变化。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组复习掌握本单元单词和短语，熟练掌握提建议的句型Let's--会正确运用Do you have…？Does he/she have…？来谈论物主关系。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 要点核心解读 ‎1. Ed Smith has a great sports collection.‎ Ed Smith 有丰富的体育用品收藏。‎ 名词修饰名词：一般情况下变复数时，只有被修饰的名词变为复数形式，例如：‎ apple tree － apple trees shoe shop － shoe shops 如果修饰词为man, woman则两个名词都要变为复数形式，例如：‎ woman doctor － women doctors man teacher － men teachers 高分突破：‎ ‎1) 有的名词常以复数形式出现， 例如：‎ clothes shop － clothes shops sports center － sports centers ‎2) 丰富的钢笔收藏：a great/big pen collection ‎ 少的钢笔收藏： a small pen collection ‎2. He only watches them on TV. 他只在电视上观看它们。‎ ‎1) 看：watch, see, look, read watch TV/ a movie/ a football game/ a match/ the news reports see a movie/ an old friend look at the picture/ that funny boy read the newspaper/ a map/ the menu/ an interesting story ‎2) on TV 在电视上 on the phone 在电话里 on the computer 在电脑上 ‎ 3. I / We / They / You / The kids have 8 baseballs. 我 / 我们 / 他们 / 孩子们有8个棒球。‎ ‎ She / He / My brother / The boy has 8 baseballs. 她 /他 /我哥哥 /那个男孩有8个棒球。‎ 注意：以上各句主语和谓语要 ：主语是单三，谓语也用单三；主语不是单三，谓语也不用单三。‎ ‎4. play tennis /basketball /baseball /ping-pong /volleyball /soccer /football “打…，踢…”(指运动)‎ 总结：play + . 这个“球”名前 。例如：Let's play (tennis).‎ ‎ 学习任务 ：一、会读写29页上的单词和短语 ‎ 1.自读并记忆单词5分钟，两人一组，相互提问。‎ ‎ 2. .展示交流，小组竞赛(以听写形式进行展示)‎ ‎ 单词：美妙的；大的 收藏品；收集物 但是 只；仅仅 ‎ 他们（的宾格） 每个天；一日 ‎ ‎ 复数：racket basketball vollayball ‎ ‎ 三单：have watch play ‎ 短语：体育收集品 参加体育运动 每天 ‎ ‎ 通过电视看---节目 三个棒球 ‎ 二、学习3a、3b、self--check部分 ‎ 1.学生自读3短文，圈出与体育有关的物品，.组内交流，理解短文意思。‎ ‎2.学生展示，其他学生质问或补充，教师点拨，完成3a ，学生背诵3a短文并展示。‎ ‎3.看3b图画，补全3b短文，组内交流，核对答案。‎ 三、学写某人所拥有物品的短文。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、根据句意及汉语提示完成单词。‎ ‎1.Li Ming plays _________ (篮球) every day. ‎ ‎2. Watching TV is very ________ (放松的).‎ ‎3. Do you have a ________ (电脑)？‎ ‎4. My friend, Tom, has a great sports ________ (收藏品).‎ ‎5. Kate has 8 ________ (球).‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1. 学会写某人所拥有物品的短文。‎ ‎2.行为动词一般现在时的肯定句、否定句的结构，尤其第三人称单数形式的变化。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、用所给词的正确形式填空。‎ ‎1.That ________（sound）interesting. ‎ ‎2.________ you ________（have）a tennis racket? ‎ ‎3.My brother ________（have）a baseball bat. ‎ ‎4.We have many ________（club）in our school. ‎ ‎5.Let watch ________（they）on TV.‎ ‎6.She ________（play）sports every day. ‎ ‎7.Can you ________（bring）your new picture books here? ‎ ‎8.________ your friend ________（like）sports? ‎ ‎9.Let ________（we）play tennis. ‎ ‎10.That’s an ________（interest）computer game. ‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit6 sectionA1a—1c ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练掌握本课13个食品单词. banana，hamburger，tomato，broccoli，French fries，orange, ice cream，salad，strawberry,pear 。‎ ‎2. 运用句型 Do you／they like …?谈论对方喜欢或不喜欢的食物。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 名词的复数形式。 ‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组回忆前面学习过的食品名称。‎ 自主互助学习 词句导航台 ‎1.可数名词与不可数名词：‎ 英语中的名词可分为可数名词与不可数名词。凡是可以计数的名词叫可数名词。物质名词和抽象名词一般无法用数目来衡量，称为不可数名词。可数名词有复数形式，可与不定冠词a或an数词连用；不可数名词没有复数形式，它不能与不定冠词或连用来表示量。如food，meat，bread，tea，water，milk，ink，orange(橘汁)，drink(饮料)，rice，fish等。‎ ‎1）不可数名词表示“一个”概念时，要用短语，如：‎ a cup of tea   a glass of milk a bottle of orange  a piece of bread ‎2）不可数名词表达复数意义时应用如下：‎ two cups of tea; three bottles of drink; four pieces of meat ‎3）可数名词的复数形式表达如下： ‎ ‎ 一般情况下加　－s . 如：　 book books ‎ hamburger _____________pear__________ banana_______________ orange_________ ‎ ‎ 以 o 结尾的加　－s 或－es 如： photo photos ‎ ‎ tomato _______________‎ ‎ 以　s . sh ch . x 结尾的加－es 如： watch watches ‎ ‎　 bus _________‎ ‎ 以辅音字母加 y 结尾的变　y 为 i 加　es . 如： dictionary dictionaries ‎ ‎ strawberry __________ family _______________‎ 学习任务:‎ 一、 会读写本课13个食品单词。‎ ‎　　1．个人自读，记忆本课单词。‎ ‎　　2．小组互相检查单词读写情况。‎ ‎　　3．根据汉语写出下列英语单词并展示。 ‎ ‎　 喜欢___________香蕉_____________汉堡包___________西红柿_________‎ ‎　 花椰菜_________薯条_____________橙子_____________冰____________‎ 冰淇淋_________ 沙拉___________ 草莓_________梨__________‎ 小组讨论你所学的不可数名词。 ‎ ‎ _______________________________________________________‎ 二、谈论对方喜欢或不喜欢的食物。 ‎ ‎ 1. 录音完成1b （ 面的对话编号）。 ‎ ‎ 2. 两人一组练习1b 对话。‎ ‎ 3. Pair work 和你同伴模仿1b对话.编新对话。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、先看后将它们按可数名词、不可数名词和兼可数与不可数名词进行分类(写序号即可) 。 ‎ A. fruit B．vegetable C. chicken D．tomato E．broccoli．F.salad G．soccerball H．ice I．book J．ice cream ‎ ‎1．可数名词： ‎ ‎2．不可数名词 ‎ ‎3．兼可数与不可数名词： ‎ 二、写出下可数名词的复数形式。‎ ‎1．Star 2. apple 3. watch 4. photo ‎ ‎5．Backpack 6．Tomato 7.key 8. bus ‎ ‎9．strawberry 10．Dictionary ‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.熟练掌握本课13个食品单词。‎ ‎2. 运用句型 Do you／they like …?谈论对方喜欢或不喜欢的食物。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、用所给单词的正确形式填空。　‎ ‎　　1. There are four _________ ( tomato) in the drawer.‎ ‎ 2. Jeff likes ____________( strawberry ) very much. ‎ ‎ 3. Are these ____________( you) oranges. ‎ ‎ 4. She ___________( like ) bananas. ‎ ‎ 5. I ______________ (not like ) math. ‎ 二、单项选择 。 ‎ ‎（ ）1. Most boys ___________ hamburgers . ‎ ‎ A. likes B. like 　C. does 　 D. do ‎ ‎（ ）2. Do ___________like French fries?‎ ‎ A. he B. she 　C. them 　 D. you ‎ ‎（ ）3. My mother ____________oranges or strawberry . ‎ ‎ A. don't like B.do likes 　 C. doesn't like 　D. doesn't likes ‎ ‎（ ）4. ——Do they like broccoli ? —— ‎ ‎ A. Yes , I do 　 B. Yes , they do C. No , I don't D No , they do ‎ ‎（ ）5. There is some _________in the bag .‎ ‎ A. apple B. salad C. tomato D. banana ‎ ‎【总结反思 ‎【课题】 Unit6 sectionA2a ---4 ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握本课单词have,food。‎ ‎ 2继续.区分可数名词与不可数名词。‎ ‎ 3.学会询问他人喜欢与不喜欢的食物。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.可数名词与不可数名词。‎ ‎ 2.询问他人喜欢与不喜欢的食物的句型及其回答。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组的话询问自己喜欢的食物，运用句型：Do you／they like …?复习可数名词的复数构成规则。小组合作总结一下名词变复数的变化规则。‎ ‎（1）一般情况_________________________________‎ ‎（2）以辅音字母加y结尾的词______________________‎ ‎（3）以s,x,sh,ch结尾的词__________________________‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 词句剖析 ‎ 1．1ike在本单元中出现的句型运用 ‎ 1)Do you like…(某物)? 你喜欢…(某物)吗?‎ ‎ Does he／she llke．．．(某物)?他／她喜欢……(某物)吗?‎ ‎ 以上两个句型常用于问别人“对……(某物)喜不喜欢”时，对这两个句型的回答与我们上一单元讲到的“对do，does开头，所引起的一般疑问句的回答”一致。‎ ‎ 如：A：Do you like strawberry ice cream?(作否定回答)‎ ‎ —No．I don't．‎ ‎ B：Does your mother like fruit?(作肯定回答)‎ ‎ —Yes．she does．‎ ‎ 2)sb-(某人)don't／doesn't like…sth. (某物)． 某人不喜欢……(某物)。‎ ‎ 如：A．My parents don't like chicken． (当句子主语为“非三人称单数形式”时，用“don't”．)‎ ‎ B：Her uncle doesn't like vegetables． (当句子主语为“三人称单数形式”时。用“doesn't”．)‎ 学习任务 一、熟练读，写本课单词及短语。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读、记忆本课单词及短语。‎ ‎ 2.小组互相检查读写情况。‎ ‎ 3.根据汉语写出下列英语单词及短语并展示。‎ 吃；饮__________食物_________吃汉堡包____________ 吃冰淇淋________________‎ ‎ 二、运用句型Do you like ┅?/Does┅like┅?及其回答,调查人们喜欢与不喜欢的食物。‎ ‎ 1.组内同学运用句型Do you like ┅?及其回答Yes, I do./No, I don't.互相问答,。‎ ‎ e.g. A: Do you like tomatoes?‎ ‎ B: Yes, I do. /No, I don't. 完成课本4部分的表格。‎ ‎ 2.组内同学合作,完成3及82页表格。‎ ‎ e.g. (1)——A:Does Bob like French fries? —— B:Yes, he does. ‎ ‎ (2 )——A: Does Bill like strawberries? —— B: No, he doesn't.‎ ‎ 3.听录音,完成2a, 2b,并核对答案。‎ ‎ 4.理解下列句子: Let's have ice cream. / I don't like ice cream.‎ ‎ 5.背诵、默写2b的对话并展示。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、写出下列单词的复数形式。‎ ‎ 1. hamburger__________ 2.dictionary__________ 3.tomato_________ ‎ ‎4. photo_________ 5. strawberry__________ 6. banana__________ ‎ 二、写出下列短语。‎ ‎ 1. 冰淇淋__________ 2. 五个汉堡包_____________ 3.炸马铃薯条_____________‎ ‎ 4. 七个草莓________________ 5.一些西红柿_____________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.可数名词与不可数名词。‎ ‎2.询问他人喜欢与不喜欢的食物的句型及其回答。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎（ ） 1. My sister likes some____________. ‎ A. apple B. banana C. broccolis D. salad ‎（ ） 2. I like ______ oranges. I don't like _______ orange.‎ ‎ A .these, those B. those, the C. that, these D. / , /‎ ‎（ ） 3. Bill and Bob ________ like bananas. ‎ ‎ A. does B. don't C. not D. does ‎（ ） 4._____your brother ______French fries?‎ ‎ A. do like B. does like C. Does like D. Do like ‎（ ） 5. Does she like broccoli? ----__________.‎ A. Yes, she like. B. No,she does. C. Yes, she does. D. No, he does.‎ 二、 补全对话,一空一词。 ‎ A: Do you 1 broccoli?‎ ‎ B:Yes, I 2 . I like all vegetables.‎ ‎ A: How about you? Do 3 like carrots?‎ B:Yes, I do. It's great! Do you like 4 ‎ A: No, I 5 like vegetables. But I like 6 ，I like bananas,oranges.‎ B: Do you like apples? I don't like apples.‎ A:Yes, I like apples.Do you know what I really(真正) like?‎ B: What? A: Ice 7 .‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit6 section B1a—2c ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握本课9个单词。 ‎ ‎2.掌握like的三单及其否定形式的句型。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ like的三单及其否定形式的句型。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组复习可数名词与不可数名词；询问他人喜欢与不喜欢的食物的句型及其回答.‎ 自主互助学习 句型剖析 ‎—Does Tom like carrots?—Yes , he does ./ No , he doesn't .‎ 1． 一般现在时：一般现在时表示经常性、习惯性的动作，或表示现在的特征、状态。‎ 当主语是非第三人称单数时，行为动词的一般现在时变化形式如下：‎ 如：We have classes from Monday to Friday. 我们从周一到周五上课。‎ ‎—Do you often write to your friends? 你经常给你的朋友们写信吗？‎ ‎—Yes, I do. /No, I don't. 是的，我经常写。/不，我不经常写。‎ 当主语是第三人称单数时，行为动词一般现在时的句型变化如下：‎ ‎⑴肯定句在行为动词原形后＋s/es(其构成方法与名词单数变复数相同。‎ ‎⑵否定句用助动词doesn’t＋动词原形。‎ ‎⑶一般疑问句则是把助动词does放在句首，后面动词用原形，回答时，肯定用“Yes，主语＋does.”；否定用“No，主语＋doesn'’t.”。She works hard. 她工作努力。She doesn't work hard. 她工作不努力。Does she work hard? 她工作努力吗？Yes, she does. 是的，她工作努力。No, she doesn't. 不，她工作不努力。‎ 注意：一般现在时中助动词面加原形动词。 学习任务 一、 熟练掌握本课的7个单词。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆本课单。‎ ‎ 2.小组互相检查单词读写情况。‎ ‎ 3.根据汉语写出下列英语单词并展示。‎ ‎ 蛋,鸡蛋______苹果_______胡萝卜________鸡,鸡肉 __________早餐________‎ ‎ 午餐________晚餐,正餐_________ 水果________ 蔬菜;植物________‎ 二、小组合作。‎ ‎1. 完成1a,小组核对答案。‎ ‎ 2.,完成1b,看哪个小组写的最多。‎ 三、听力训练及句型练习。‎ ‎ 1. 听录音,把听到的单词写在下方。‎ ‎ 1________ 2________ 3_________ 4_________‎ ‎ 5________ 6________ 7_________‎ ‎ 2. 小组核对答案。‎ ‎ 3. 再听一遍,完成2b的表格，小组核对答案。‎ ‎ 4. 椐表格的内容,练习喜欢和不喜欢的两个句型。‎ ‎ Sandra likes salad.‎ ‎ Tom doesn't like apples.‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、翻译下列短语。‎ ‎ 1. 冰淇淋___________________ 2. 五个苹果___________________ ‎ ‎ 3. 炸马铃薯条_______________ 4. 六个 胡萝卜 ____________________ ‎ ‎ 5.一些西红柿________________ ‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ like的三单及其否定形式的句型。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎ 一、根据句意和首字母提示完成单词。‎ ‎ 1.—Do you like _______________ (草莓) ?—Yes,I do.‎ ‎ 2.I like hamburgers for b________________.‎ ‎ 3.We must eat _________________.( 蔬菜 )‎ ‎ 4.I like ______________, for example (例如 ),apples, bananas,oranges….‎ ‎ 5.She doesn't like b__________________.(花椰菜)‎ ‎ 6.My brother likes ice c_______________.‎ ‎ 7.I have six b___________________. (香蕉)‎ 二、句型转换，按要求完成下列各题。‎ ‎ 1. this is an egg .(改为复数句)‎ ‎ eggs .‎ ‎ 2. Are these tomatoes ? (改为单数句)‎ ‎ tomato ?‎ ‎ 3. He's Jim Miller .(改为同义句)‎ ‎ is Jim Miller .‎ ‎ 4. Smith is his last name . (改为同义句)‎ His is Miller .‎ ‎5.My sister likes this photo . (改为否定句)‎ ‎ My sister this photo .‎ ‎【总结反思】 ‎ ‎【课题】 Unit6 sectionB3a—self check ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎ 1.复习掌握本单元表食物、蔬菜、水果的单词及几个短。‎ ‎2.熟练运用本单元句型:‎ ‎ —Do you / they like? —Yes, I / they do.—No, I / they don't.‎ ‎ —Does she / he/ ? —Yes, she / he does .‎ ‎ —No, she / he doesn't. 进行对话交际。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 正确运用询问对方喜欢或不喜欢东西的句型。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 小组总结前面学过的食物、蔬菜、水果及询问对方喜欢或不喜欢东西的句型。‎ 自主互助学习 词句剖析 ‎1. 短语： breakfast / lunch / dinner / dessert 对早餐/ 午餐/ 晚餐/ 甜食来说 ‎ ‎ 某餐吃什么 。(注意：“三餐”词是 名词)‎ ‎ 例如：She often eats an egg breakfast. （用介词填空） ‎ ‎ 2. lots of = = +名词复数= +不可数名词 ‎ a lot of = lots of 后既可接 ，又可接 。 ‎ ‎ E.g. We have a lot of vegetables.= We have vegetables.= We have vegetables. ‎ ‎ 3. healthy food 健康食品 healthy 的名词是 。‎ ‎ They often eat many fruits, and the fruit is good for our , so they are very .‎ ‎ 4. run 动词，名词有 和 。 表示运动的“人”， 表示运动这类的“事情”。‎ 例如：Yao Ming is a . He is a star. Now he is . ‎ ‎ 5．“have"和“eat”作“吃”之义时的运用。‎ ‎ have和eat都有“吃”之义。后一般跟表示食物类的名词或代词，二者一般可换用，have的动第三人称单数形式为“has”，而eat的动词第三人称单数形式为“eats”。具体习惯用法如下：‎ ‎ (1)have／eat+食物吃……如：I often have／eat eggs，and my sister also has／eats eggs．‎ ‎ (2)have／eat+某一餐，“吃……餐”之义。如：have breakfast，吃早餐；eat lunch,吃午餐。此时表示三餐的名词(breakfast餐；lunch，午餐；supper，晚餐)在这一短语结构中，包括在语句中运用时，前不加冠词a，an或the，也不用复数形式。 ‎ ‎ I often have／eat lunch at schoo1．‎ ‎ 如： Does your father have／eat supper at home?‎ ‎ (3)have／eat...食物)for．．(某一餐) 某餐吃……，have／eat后跟食物，for后某一餐，表示“某餐……吃 …. ”之义。‎ ‎ He often has hamburgers and ice cream for breakfast．(has可用“eats”替换)‎ ‎ My sister and I have／eat chicken，salad and French friesfor supper every day．‎ ‎ 6.For breakfast，she likes eggs，bananas and apples． 对于早餐来说。她喜欢(吃)鸡蛋、香蕉和苹果 ‎ for，介词，“对于”之义。与表示“某一餐”的名词构成介宾结构短语，表示“对于某一餐来说”之义。这一结构可用于句首，此时打“，”与后面部分隔开，也可用于句中表食物的名词之后。‎ ‎ 如：A：For lunch，she usually通常)has hamburgers and salad．‎ ‎ 相当于:she usually has hamburgers and salad for lunch．‎ ‎ B：For supper，I like tomatoes，carrots and chicken．‎ ‎ 相当于：I like tomatoes，carrots and chicken for supper．‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、英汉互译。‎ ‎ 1.lots of_______ 2.healthy food_______ 3.French fries_________ ‎ ‎4.running star ________ 5 .一个鸡蛋_______6.一些花椰菜_______ 7. 一些鸡肉________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 食物、蔬菜、水果及询问对方喜欢或不喜欢东西的句型。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、根据句意和首字母提示完成单词。‎ ‎1.Do you like _______________ (番茄) ?--Yes,I do.‎ ‎ 2.Eating ____________( 蔬菜 )is good for health.‎ ‎ 3. Is she a movie(电影)s__________? ‎ ‎ 4.Jeff likes s_______________ very much.‎ 二、用所给单词的正确形式填空。‎ ‎1.The _________ (run)runs very fast(快).‎ ‎2.The food _______（be）very healthy. ‎ ‎3.Where _______ (be)the vegetables?‎ ‎4.For dinner,she has some _______________(chicken).‎ ‎5.Sandra Clark is a ___ (run) star .‎ 三、翻译下列句子。 ‎ ‎1.我吃沙拉作为甜点。 I eat _____ _____ ______..‎ ‎2.我姐姐早餐吃薯条和苹果。‎ My sister _____ French fries and ______ ______ breakfast.‎ ‎3.那位赛跑明星吃很多健康食品。‎ The _______ star _____ lots of______ _______.‎ ‎4.这是花椰菜冰淇淋.This is _______ ice __________.‎ ‎5.咱们晚饭吃西红柿和鸡蛋吧。 Let's _______ ______ and eggs.‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit7 sectionA 1a---1c ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握单词pants,sock,T-shirt,shorts,sweater,sheos,skirt,sale,dollar等。‎ ‎ 2.掌握询问价格的句型：How much is this T-shirt? ‎ ‎ It's seven dollars.‎ ‎ How much are these socks? ‎ ‎ They're two dollars.‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 学会使用询问价格的句型，并能正确回答。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组复习预备单元中学习过的物品及颜色的正确英语表达。‎ 自主互助学习 词句解读 ‎1. ——How much these pants? =What's the price of these pants? ‎ ‎ —— twenty dollars. 这条裤子20美元。‎ How much this sweater? =What’s the price of this sweater? ‎ ‎ 60 yuan. 它60元。‎ 总结：询问物品的价格用 。 但是How much is /are...? 中的be动词由 ‎ ‎ 决定。The shorts are 30 dollars. (提问) the shorts?‎ ‎ 2. How much+不可数名词，how many +可数名词复数。如：how much food, how many students ‎ 总结：how much +不可数名词+...是对 的 。how many +名词复数+...?是对 的 。‎ 例如：He has ten pencils.(提问) he ?‎ His cousin has some sweaters.(提问) ？‎ ‎ Anna has much broccoli.(提问) ？‎ 学习任务：‎ 一、 熟练掌握本课的11个单词。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆本课单词，小组互相检查单词读写情况。‎ ‎ 2. 根据汉语写出下列英语单词并展示。‎ ‎ 裤子__________ 短袜_______ 男衬衣__________ T恤衫_________ 短裤___‎ ‎ 毛衣__________ 鞋_________ 裙子___________ 出售___________ 美元_____‎ ‎ 短语:(价钱)多少_______________‎ ‎ 二、学习1a,掌握句型:How much is/are ……?It's/They're…….‎ ‎ 1.自读单词,然后将单词与图中物品相搭配，小组核对答案。‎ ‎ 2.自读中的对话,理解汉语意思。‎ ‎ 4.小组讨论汉语意思,并练习对话。‎ ‎ 5.两人一组展示对话,小组竞争。‎ ‎ 6.利用身边的实物，两人一组练习对话。‎ 三、完成听力练习。‎ ‎ 1.听录音，在图中圈出你听到的物品。‎ ‎ 2.练习听力对话。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、根据句意和首字母完成单词。‎ ‎ 1. The blue hat is seven d__________.‎ ‎ 2. How much _____ the pants?‎ ‎ 3. How much are the ______(短袜)? ______ ______ two dollars.‎ ‎ 4. My _________(毛衣) is red.‎ ‎ 5.—How m______ is your skirt? —20dollars.‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 学会使用询问价格的句型，并能正确回答。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、用所给的词填空。 ‎ ‎1.How much ____(be )the chicken ? ‎ ‎2.These red _______(shoe) are thirty dollars ‎ ‎ 3. How much are the apples ? _____(it ) are eight dollars .‎ ‎4.His socks ______(be )2 dollars ‎ ‎ 5. How ________(many) are your socks ? ---Two dollars ‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎（ ）1._______are the shoes ? – They're 20 dollars ‎ A. When B.How much C.How many D.What ‎ ‎（ ）2.______English books do you have ?- I have two ‎ A.How many B.How much C. How often D.How far ‎（ ）3.—My pants _____black .- But this pair of pants _____green ‎ ‎ A.is ,is B.are ,are C.is ,are D.are ,is ‎ ‎（ ）4.The shoes are 30 ______ ‎ A.dollar B.dollars C.Dollar D.Dollars ‎ ‎（ ）5.What color are these _____? ‎ A.shirts B.T-shirt C.hat D.sweater ‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit7 sectionA2a---4 ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握有关颜色和服装的单词。　‎ ‎2.学会询问价格及购物用语。.‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎ 购物用语。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新利用身边的实物，两人一组练习对话，复习上一课时物品短语及句型。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 词句解读 ‎ 1 ——Can I help you? 我能帮你吗？ ‎ ‎ = ? 我能为你做什么？‎ ‎ ——Yes, please. 是的，请吧。 /No, thanks. 不了，谢谢。‎ ‎ 2. I want a sweater. 我想要件毛衣。‎ ‎ 3. What color do you want? 你想要什么颜色？‎ ‎ 4. Here you are. =Here it is给你（这件毛衣 / 钱等）。‎ ‎ 5. How much is it? / How much are they? 多少钱？‎ ‎ 6. I'll take it. = I'll get it. = I'll have it. 我买下它了。‎ ‎ 7. ——Thank you. / Thanks a lot. 多谢。 ‎ ‎ ——You're welcome. =That's all right(OK).=Not at all.=It's my pleasure..别客气。‎ 总结：当别人表扬了你是你常用 表示感谢。‎ ‎——Happy birthday to you!/ Have fun!/ Your sweater is beautiful!‎ ‎ —— ‎ 学习任务：‎ 一、掌握有关颜色和服装的单词。.‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆单词。‎ ‎ 2.小组互相检查读、写情况。‎ ‎ 3.小组比一比写出下列词语并展示，看哪一组又快又准。‎ ‎ 颜色_________黑色__________白色________红色________绿色________‎ ‎ 蓝色__________黄色_________大的_________小的________长的________‎ ‎ 短的__________职员__________帮助________想要_______________‎ ‎ 给你___________________不客气________________例子_________________‎ ‎ 二、运用How much...?句型.,询问价格。 .‎ ‎ 1.听录音完成2a 以及2b。‎ ‎ 2. 结对练习就2a 中的物品进行自由问答。 ‎ ‎ 3. 就你自己的物品相互询问价格。 ‎ ‎ 如:－How much is the red sweater ?‎ ‎ －It's 30 $. ‎ ‎ －How much are these notebooks ? ‎ ‎ －They' re 10$. ‎ 三、掌握购物用语。‎ ‎　　１．根据理解补全３a 对话．小组讨论，相互检查。　　‎ ‎　　２.　分角色朗读对话．　并尝试复述对话。‎ ‎　　３.　模仿３a 对话利用３b 中的图画进行自由练习。　‎ ‎　　４.　game . （　看谁记的快又多）　‎ 四、小组合作练一练。‎ ‎ 小组讨论is 和 are 在谈论价格时的用法。‎ ‎ 1.— How much _______the red skirt? — It ________ 6 $.‎ ‎ 2.— How much _______these black pants? —They _______10 $. 　 ‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、写出下列短语。‎ ‎　1.　红色的毛衣______________2.黑色的衬衫_____________3.白色的裙子____________‎ ‎ 4. 长的裤子_____________5.短的袜子________________6.大的鞋子________________　‎ ‎7.小帽子______________8.给你 　9.不必客气 ‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.掌握有关颜色和服装的单词。　‎ ‎2.学会询问价格及购物用语。.‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎（ ）1. ―Can I help you? ‎ ‎―__________. ‎ A. No, not B. Don't help me C. Yes, please D. Yes, help me ‎ ‎（ ）2.__________socks 20 dollars? ‎ A. Is the B. Are they C. Are the D. Is that ‎ ‎（ ）3. My brother doesn't like__________color of the hat. ‎ A. a B. / C. the D. this ‎ ‎（ ）4. ―I want that bag. ―__________. ‎ A. Here are you B. Here you are C. Give you D. You are here ‎ ‎（ ）5. ―How much __________the blue pants? ‎ ‎―__________ $20. ‎ A. is; It's B. are; These are C. are; They're D. is; Its ‎ ‎（ ）6. Great!They have shorts__________many colors. ‎ A. are B. in C. is D. on ‎ ‎（ ）7. The price of the socks__________10 yuan. ‎ A. are B. is C. does D. can ‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit7 sectionB1a---2c ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握数字10—31。‎ ‎2.学会购物。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.数字10—31。‎ ‎2. 购物用语。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组复习掌握有关颜色和服装的单词；学会询问价格进行购物模拟训练。.‎ 自主互助学习 小组预习思考如何表达21--29及31--39这些数字, 它们有什么规律?‎ 学习任务：‎ 一、读写、记忆数字10-31,并默写。‎ ‎ 1.听录音并跟读,熟读1a中的数字。‎ ‎ 2.个人自读，记忆数字。‎ ‎ 3.小组互相检查读、写情况。‎ ‎ 4.写出下列数字并展示。‎ ‎ 10 ________11________ 12________ 13________ 14 ________15 _____‎ ‎ 16________ 17________ 18 ________19 ________20 ________21 ________ ‎ ‎ 28 ________30 ________31________ ‎ 二、听力训练并运用How much...?句型及其I like/don't like....句型,询问价格及表达喜好.‎ ‎ 1..听录音完成2a。‎ ‎ 2.再听一遍录音, 完成2b,并在小组内核对答案。‎ ‎3.根据. 2b图画练习对话,完成2c.‎ ‎ e.g. A: How much are the red socks?‎ ‎ B: They're $8.‎ ‎【课堂练习】 ‎ 一、根据句意及首字母提示补全单词。‎ ‎ 1. The yellow shoes are twenty d________. ‎ ‎2. How m_______ is this hat? Four dollars.‎ ‎ 3. Thank you.You're w__________. ‎ ‎ 4. My socks are not white. They are g__________.‎ 二、用英语写出下列数字。‎ ‎ 1. How old is your father? He is ___________(31) years old.‎ ‎ 2. How much is this hat? It's ___________(15) dollars.‎ ‎ 3. They have _________(22) balls.‎ ‎ 4.__________(10)and ___________(19) is _____________(29).‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.数字10—31。‎ ‎2.购物用语。 ‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、  单项选择。‎ ‎( )1. – Thank you. -- ______.‎ ‎ A. Hi B. Thanks C.Nice to meet you. D. You’re welcome ‎ ‎( ) 2.—How much are the black socks?‎ ‎ —_________________.‎ ‎ A. It's 10 yuan B. It's 10 yuans C. They're 10 yuan D. They're 10 yuans.‎ ‎( )3. —_________are the shoes? —Thye're green.‎ ‎ A. What B. where C. How D. What color ‎( ) 4. —Can I help you?‎ ‎ —___________.‎ ‎ A. Yes, please B. No, I can't. C. Sorry D. You're welcome.‎ ‎( )5.Kate doesn’t _____ pears.‎ A. has B. like C.eats D. likes ‎( )6._____ Peter and Jim _____ hamburgers?‎ A. Does, like B. Do, like C. Does, likes D. Do, likes ‎ ( )7. -- ________________. --Yes, please . I want a T-shirt for my daughter.‎ A . What do you like? B. Do you like a T-shirt? ‎ C. Can I help you? D. Can you help me?‎ ‎( ) 8. —The socks are very cheap.‎ ‎ —I'll _____them.‎ ‎ A. give B. bring C.like D.take ‎( ) 9. The women___red is my mother.‎ A. at B. in C. with D. of ‎( )10. We can ____clothes____this shop.‎ A. buy; to B. buy, from C. sell, from D. buy,for 二、根据上下文补全对话。‎ A: Can I _____you?‎ B: Yes,______. I'd like a pair of shoes.‎ A: _____color do you like?‎ B: Sorry. We_____have any red shoes. Look at these black ‎ shoes. They _____very nice.‎ A: OK. I like black,too. ______ ______are they?‎ B Four dollars.‎ A: OK. I'll _____them.‎ B: _____you are.‎ A: Thank you.‎ B: You're ______.‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit7 sectionB3a—self-check ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】：‎ ‎1.熟悉掌握本节课的15个单词。‎ ‎2.学会并掌握如何写广告。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 学会并掌握如何写广告。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组复习掌握有关颜色和服装的单词；.数字10—31； 购物用语。运用询问价格句型进行购物模拟训练。‎ 自主互助学习 词句剖析 ‎1. Come and buy … = Come to buy …. Go and see … = Go to see…‎ ‎ 2.. Anybody can afford our prices. 任何人都能承担得起我们的价钱。‎ ‎ 例如：我们买不起房子。We can't the house.‎ ‎ 3. 短语： 以合理的价格 have a look (at…)”= “看一看(…) girs / boys / sports. 对姑娘 / 男孩 / 运动来说 。 ‎ sell … to… 把…卖给… buy … from… 从… 买… 在出售 给某人买什么 运动包 ‎ ‎ 4. help 可以是 名词，也可是 词。‎ ‎ 帮助某人做某事 , ‎ You often help me homework.=You often help me homework.‎ ‎ 5. 一双/副/条...... ‎ ‎ 6. 区分：too用于 ，also用于 ，either用于 。‎ ‎ 例如：You are 13.=You are 13, . You aren't 13, .（用上述三词填空）‎ 学习任务：‎ 一、会读写P45--46页单词与短语。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆本课单词。‎ ‎ 2.以小组为单位,相互提问,解疑答难。‎ ‎ 3.小组 比赛完成下列短语。 ‎ 衣服,服装商店________ 来,来到_______ 购买,买_______‎ ‎ 很,非常_______ 价格_______ 每个______任何人_________ 负担得起;买得起_____‎ ‎ 我们的_______ 看见_______ 你自己_______ 先生___卖;销售______从,从...起____‎ 二、 读懂3a短文，在此基础上完成3b。.‎ ‎ 1 .个人自渎,并翻译。‎ ‎ 2. 小组讨论短文意思.并完成下列翻译。‎ ‎ (1) 以一个很好的价格______________ (2) 只有25块钱__________‎ ‎ (3) 一个运动包___________ (4)红颜色的T恤衫___________‎ ‎ (5)任何一个人都能买得起._______________________‎ ‎ (6) 自己亲自看_______________ (7) 在华星服装店____________‎ ‎ 3 .小组核对答。‎ ‎ 4.背诵3a并展示竞赛。‎ ‎ 5.看3b图画，补全3b短文。‎ ‎ 6.组内交流，教师指导核对答案。‎ ‎ 三、学会写广告的小短文。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、找出与句中划线部分意义相同或相近的选项。 ‎ ‎( )1. Do you have a lot of books in your schoolbag? ‎ A. many B. much C. a lot D. one ‎ ‎( )2. Can I help you? ‎ A. How about you? B. Can I go with you? ‎ C. Where are you? D. What can I do for you? ‎ ‎( )3. What time does she have lunch? ‎ A. eat B. buy C. make D. take ‎ ‎( )4. He would like to buy a red bag. ‎ A. stop B. begin C. like D. wants ‎ ‎( )5. The hat is cheap. I'll take it. ‎ A. sale B. like C. buy D. sell ‎【要点归纳】‎ 学会并掌握如何写广告。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、完形填空。‎ ‎ Hi, boys and girls. Have 1 _look 2 _Zig Zag 's Clothes Shop.We have black and blue hats 3_($15) 4_.The blue sweater is ($33) 5_and the yellow sweater is ($30) 6_.The yellow shorts are 7_$30 and the green shorts are 8_ sale for $25.You ask how 9_the shorts are ? 10_shores ? Oh, I'm sorry.These are my shoes.‎ ‎（ ）1. A./ B. a C. an D. the ‎（ ）2. A. at B. / C. to D. in ‎（ ）3. A. on B. to C.for D. with ‎（ ）4. A. five B. fifteen C. fiveteen D. fifty ‎（ ）5. A. three three B. thirteen three C. thirty three D. thirty—three ‎（ ）6. A. thirty B. threety C. thirteen D. threeten ‎（ ）7. A. too B. also C. other D. each ‎ ‎（ ）8. A. on B. for C. to D. in ‎（ ）9. A. many B. some C. lot D. much ‎ ‎（ ）10. A. what B. which C. how D. who ‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 8 sectionA 1a—2b ( 2课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握本课18个单词。 ‎ ‎2.学会使用31个序数词。‎ ‎ 3.学会句型When is your birthday ?以及回答--My birthday is …‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.学习序数词的构成和日期的表达法。‎ ‎2.学会when引导的特殊疑问句的构成和使用及询问他人生日的句型。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 复习基数词 l一31‎ 自主互助学习 课前导读 一、12个月份英语日期的表示法。‎ ‎1.—When is your birthday? 你的生日是哪一天？ —My birthday is November 11th. ‎ ‎11月11日，用英语表示日期，其顺序为“月＋日＋年”，日和年之间需用逗号隔开。如：‎ August 2nd，月份首字母必须大写。‎ ‎2.小组预读12个月的英语表达法。‎ ‎1）New Year's Day is in ____________.‎ ‎2）____________(一月)is the first month of the year.‎ 二、写出下列基数词和序数词，并试着总结规律。 ‎ ‎1.第一 _______ 第二 _______ 第三 ________ 第八 _______ 第九 ________ ‎ ‎2.第五 ______ 第十二 ______ 第十八 ________第十九 ‎ ‎3.第二十 ______ 第三十 _______第三十一 ‎ 规律：基变序，有规律，一、二、 三特殊记，末尾字母 t，d，d，f 来把ve替，八减t，九去e，th要从四加起，ty变成tie，若是遇到几十几，只变个位就可以。‎ 学习任务：‎ 一、熟练读写本课单词及短语。‎ ‎1.个人自读、跟读1a录音，记忆本课单词及短语。‎ ‎2.小组互相检查读写情况。‎ ‎3.根据汉语写出下列英语单词并展示。‎ 什么时候，何时__________________ 生日_______________ 一月_______________ ‎ 二月________________ 三月________________ 四月_____________ 五月__________ ‎ ‎ 六月________________ 七月______________ 八月______________ 九月__________ ‎ 十月________________ 十一月_______________ 十二月______________________‎ 二、熟练使用序数词。‎ ‎1.写出下列数字的基数词，并对比记忆写出序数词。‎ ‎4._____________,____________6.____________,____________ 10.___________,______ 15.____________,_____________1.___________,____________2.________,___________‎ ‎3.____________,_____________ 8.___________,____________ 9.__________,________‎ ‎2.写出下列日期。‎ ‎5月5号________________ 4月16号_____________________3月4号________________‎ 三、通过使用句型以及回答学会询问他人的生日。‎ ‎1.听录音，给1b对话编号。‎ ‎2.练习1b的对话，用自己的生日编新对话。‎ ‎3.听录音，完成2b。‎ ‎4.小组竞赛，展示对话交际。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、写出下列数词的序数词。‎ ‎　　1．one ________ 2．two ________ 3．three ________ 4．five ________‎ ‎　　5．eight ________ 6．nine ________ 7．twelve ________ 8．nineteen ‎ ________‎ ‎　　9．twenty ________ 10．thirty-six ________‎ 二、将下列词组译成英语。‎ ‎　　1．1月1日________ 2．4月12日________‎ ‎　　3．5月4日________ 4．6月1日________‎ ‎　　5．8月15日________ 6．9月10日________‎ ‎　　7．10月12日________ 8．12月25日________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.学习序数词的构成和日期的表达法。‎ ‎2.学会when引导的特殊疑问句的构成和使用及询问他人生日的句型。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎( ）1．When is your birthday? It’s ________.‎ ‎　　 A．February B．second ‎　　 C．February second D．1990‎ ‎（ ）2.The _________ month of the year is April.‎ A.first B.second C.third D.fourth ‎（ ）3．________ is very difficult. ‎ ‎　　 A．Lesson fifth B．The lesson fifth ‎　　 C．Fire lesson D．The fifth lesson ‎（ ）4.1.__________ is your birthday ?‎ A.Who B.Where C.How many D.When ‎（ ）5．There are ________ months in a year. The ________ month is December. ‎ ‎　　 A．twelve, twelve B．twelfth, twelfth ‎　　 C．twelve, twelfth D．twelfth, twelve ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 8 sectionA2c---4 ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.继续掌握所有的序数词及部分单词。‎ ‎2.能熟练的询问他人的生日及年龄。‎ ‎3.了解名词的所有格。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.正确的运用序数词。‎ ‎2.根据身份证编对话。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组复习运用句型----When is your birthday ?‎ ‎ ---My birthday is… 以及1---31的序数词、12个月份的英语表达，了解 同学间实际出生年月。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 课前导读 ‎1. When is your / her / his birthday? 你的 / 她的 / 他的 生日是什么时候？‎ My / Her / His birthday is May 14th. （此处无on）‎ ‎=It's May 14th.‎ 总结：对 提问用 。 ‎ 例如： The game is May 1.(提问) the game?‎ ‎2.谈论岁数、年纪大小（西方国家如何询问年龄）：‎ ‎——How old are you? 你几岁了？你多大了？你多大年龄了 ‎——I'm twelve. 我12岁了。= ‎ ‎ ——How old are you? = What's your age? ‎ ‎——I'm 8.= I'm 8 years old. ‎ 总结：对 提问用 。‎ My father is 31 years old.(提问) father?‎ 学习任务：‎ 一:运用When is your birthday? My birthday is ---询问生日 ‎ 1.两人一组练习下列对话 ‎ ‎ A. When is your birthday? B. My birthday is July 5th.‎ ‎ A. When is her birthday? B. Her birthday is May 2nd.‎ ‎ A. When is his birthday ? B. His birthday is August 5th.‎ ‎ 2.组内同学合作,根据所制作的表格做对话。‎ ‎ A. When is your birthday? B. It's March 21st.‎ ‎ A. How old are you ? B. I'm 15.‎ ‎ 3. 两人一组相互练习。‎ 三、完成听力部分。‎ 四、学习名词所有格，在名词后加's表示----的，表示一种所有关系。‎ ‎ 你爸爸的生日 your father's birthday Tom 的椅子 Tom's desk ‎ Tom的生日 Tom's birthday Meimei的书Meimei 's books ‎ 五、小组结对活动运用询问其他人的年龄及生日的句型，根据身份证编对话。‎ ‎ How old is he/ she? He/She is 13.‎ ‎ When is his /her birthday? His/Her birthday is …‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎1.根据汉语写出下列英语单词及短语。 ‎ ‎1） 第一__________ 2）第二________3）第三 4）第五_________‎ ‎5） 第八______________ 6）第九_________7）第十二__________ 8）第二十_______‎ ‎9）第三十__________10）第三十一_________11）出生日期____________ 12）几岁________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.正确的运用序数词。‎ ‎2.根据身份证编对话。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择 ‎（ ）1._________ is your birthday?‎ ‎ A. Who B. Where C. How many D. When ‎（ ）2. My mother's birthday is _______________.‎ ‎ A. July 22st B. July 22th C. July 22nd D. 22nd ‎（ ）3. The _______ moth is April.‎ ‎ A. first B. second C. third D. fourth ‎（ ）4. ---How old are you ? ‎ ‎ --- I'm _____________ .‎ ‎ A. twelfth B. twentieth C. twelve D. twenties 二、根据首字母完成单词。‎ ‎ 1. Monday is the s________ day of the week.‎ ‎ 2. His b____________ is October 3rd.‎ ‎ 3. Teachers' Day is on S__________ 10th.‎ ‎ 4. December is the l_________(最后的)month of the year.‎ ‎ 5. H_________ birthday.‎ ‎ 三、完成句子。‎ ‎ 1. I'm 15. (对划线提问) _____________________________‎ ‎ 2. Her birthday is June 3nd. ________________________________‎ ‎ 3. 我姐姐的生日是八月四号。‎ ‎ My _________ birthday is ___________4th.‎ ‎ 4. 他的生日是十二月二十五号。‎ ‎ ________________________________________‎ ‎ 5.Tom is nine.(划线提问) ‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 8 sectionB1—3a ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握词汇basketball game ，birthday party ，English speech contest ，music festival ，school day ，school trip ，volleyball game ‎2.熟练掌握句型When is ---? It's ---.‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎ 学会使用序数词询问某人的生日。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 小组合作利用身份证小组自编的话，复习序数词1—31、询问某人的生日的句型。‎ 自主互助学习 课前导读 ‎1. Monday is the second day of the week. 周一是一星期中的第二天。（序数词前常有 ）‎ ‎ It’s my eighth birthday. (序数词eighth前已有 , 不再加the.)‎ ‎ 2. 短语：birthday party生日聚会 English speech contest 英语演讲比赛 music festival 音乐节 school day校庆日 ‎ ‎ school trip学校组织的旅行 volleyball game排球比赛 ‎ 3. 在某一天用介词 . 在某一天的上午/下午/晚上用介词 ，在某月份用介词 。‎ ‎ 在早晨/下午/晚上 ‎ ‎ 例如：My birthday is June 7th. The school trip is December. (用恰当的介词填空)‎ 学习任务：‎ 一、熟练掌握本课的单词及短语。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆本课单词。‎ ‎ 2.小组互相检查单词读写情况。‎ ‎ 3.根据汉语写出下列英语单词或短语并展示。‎ 演讲比赛_______ festival ________ volleyball game 生日晚会 _________ school day _______ 篮球赛___________school trip ‎ ‎ 4.小组合作完成1.‎ 二、练习听力 ‎ 1.听录音完成2a。‎ ‎ 2.再听一遍,完成2b内容。‎ 三、小组结对活动完成2c/3a。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、英汉互译。‎ ‎ 1.英语演讲比赛 2.music festival ‎ ‎3.volleyball game 4. English party ‎ ‎5.学校组织的旅行 6.school day ‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 学会使用句型When is ---? It's ---.及序数词询问某人的生日。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎（ ）1.—When is your birthday?‎ ‎ —It's May ______.‎ ‎ A.four B.fourteen C.fourth D.forty ‎ ( ) 2.August is the _____month of the year .‎ ‎ A.eighth B.ninth C.eight D.nine ‎ ‎ ( ) 3.New Year's Day (元旦) is on January ______.‎ ‎ A.1th B.1st C.1rd D.2nd ‎ ( ) 4.Sunday is the ____day of the week.‎ ‎ A.first B.second C.last D.third ‎ ( ) 5.December is the ______month of the year.‎ ‎ A.twelve B.tenth C.twelveth D.twelfth ‎ ( ) 6. —Do you have a School trip at your school ?‎ ‎ —_______.‎ ‎ A.Yes,it is. B.Yes,we do. C.Yes,we does. D.Yes,it does.‎ ‎ ( ) 7.—_____is your aunt ? She is thirty.‎ ‎ A.When B.When old C.How old D.How ‎ ( ) 8.—Happy Birthday to you ! —________.‎ ‎ A.That's all right B.The same to you. C.Thank you D. That's OK.‎ ‎ ( ) 9.—When is ____ birthday.‎ ‎ —It's November 11th.‎ ‎ A.Sallys B.Sally C.Sally's D.Sally is ‎ ( ) 10.Our school has a speech contest _____ October 16 each year.‎ ‎ A.in B.on C.at D.for ‎ 二、用所给单词的适当形式填空。‎ ‎ 1. When is birthday ? ( Jeff )‎ ‎ 2. birthday is October 5th . ( my father )‎ ‎ 3. How old William and Mary ? ( be )‎ ‎ 4. My brother 14 years old . ( be )‎ ‎ 5. My little sister is only one old . ( years )‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 8 sectionB3b---self-check ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握本单元单词及短语。‎ ‎2.熟练掌握句型When is ---? It's ---.‎ ‎ How old are you?I'm12.‎ ‎ How old is he ? He is 15‎ ‎3.掌握询问活动日程的句型。‎ ‎ 4..学会合理安排自己的日程。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.学会合理安排自己的日程。‎ ‎2. 学会使用序数词询问某人的生日。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 小组总结本单元的重点词汇，句型。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 单元总结导读 ‎ 1.默写出12个月份词： 。‎ ‎ 2..默写出序数词：第一，第二，第三，第五，第八，第九，第十二，第二十，第二十一 ‎ ‎ 3..日期表达法是： + ， 。其中”日子“的写法是 ‎ 读法是 。例如：2月22 写成 读成 ‎ ‎ 例如：Today is my birthday. I'm (years) old now.(用12的正确行使填空) May is the month of the year.(用5的正确行使填空)。 ‎ ‎ 4. 今天星期几？ 今天几号？ ‎ ‎ 5. game(有比赛规则)与sport(户外活动)的区别。‎ 学习任务：‎ 一、熟悉掌握本单元单词和短语。‎ ‎ 1.自读并记忆单词5分钟。‎ ‎ 2.两人一组，相互提问。‎ ‎ 3.展示交流，小组竞赛(以听写形式进行展示)。‎ 二、运用When is ------? It's-----询问活动日程。‎ ‎ 1.两人一组练习下列对话。 ‎ ‎ A. When is the school trip? ‎ ‎ B. It's August 5th.‎ ‎ 2.组内同学合作复习3a表格做替换练习对话。‎ ‎ 3.展示成果，完成3a。‎ ‎ 4.根据3b对话及表格进行练习。‎ ‎ 5.小组竞赛，展示对话，完成3b。‎ 三、小组合作完成self-check。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、翻译下列短语 ‎1.多大年纪__________ 2.Tom的生日_______________‎ ‎3.艺术节___________ 4.October tenth __________________‎ ‎5.郊游 _______________ 6.School Day________________‎ 二、根据句意和首字母提示完成单词。‎ ‎ 1.My mother's b__________ is in July.‎ ‎ 2.When is the s__________trip?‎ ‎ 3.Dave's birthday p________is on May 1st.‎ ‎ 4.N__________ comes before December.‎ ‎ 5.A_________ is the fourth month of the year.‎ ‎ 6. Teacher's day is on S _______ tenth.‎ ‎ 7. Do you like the music c_______ on CCTV?‎ ‎ 8.Our school has a v___________ game every year. ‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.学会合理安排自己的日程。‎ ‎2.学会使用序数词询问某人的生日。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、句型转换。‎ ‎ 1. School Day is October tenth. (对划线部分提问）‎ ‎ ______ _______ Schhol Day ?‎ ‎ 2、My grandfater is seventy. （画线部分提问）‎ ‎ ____ ____ ____ your grandfater ?‎ ‎3、She likes basketball game .(改为否定句)‎ ‎ She _____ ____ basketball game .‎ ‎4、I'm 15 .(对划线部分提问) ___ old ____ _____?‎ 二、用适当的介词填空不必要时填/‎ ‎1.His mother's birthday is      August 25 th.‎ ‎2. Mother's Day is      May every year. ‎ ‎3. –When was he born(出生)? –      1998. ‎ ‎4.He is     my grandparents’ home. ‎ ‎5.Her aunt was born     June 21 st.‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 9 sectionA1a—2c ( 2课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练读写本课时单词。　‎ ‎ 2.学会谈论自己的爱好并询问他人爱。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎ 学会谈论自己的爱好并询问他人爱好。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 小组复习表达喜欢的句子Do you like banana ? I like / I don't like ‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 词句剖析 ‎1. Do you want to go to a movie? ‎ Yes, I do./No, I don't ‎ Does she want to go to a movie? ‎ Yes, she does./No,she doesn't.‎ ‎ 2. do you like? 你喜欢什么种类的电影？‎ 总结：对 提问用 。例如：Tom likes action movies and thrillers.(提问) Tom ?‎ ‎ 你喜欢那种运动？ ？‎ ‎3.一种a kind of几种...... 各种各样的 ‎ 小组讨论 单词want 的用法。 ‎ ‎ 1. want +名词。‎ ‎ 如： (1) 我想要冰淇淋。‎ ‎ I _______ ice cream . ‎ ‎ 2. want ( sb ) + to do sth ‎ ‎ ( 1) 我想去看动作片。 ‎ ‎ I want __________see ____________ movie. ‎ ‎ ( 2) 妈妈想要我每天喝牛奶。‎ ‎ My mother wants me to drink every day .‎ 学习任务:‎ 一、认读并书写本课单词。.‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆单词。‎ ‎ 2.小组互相检查读、写情况。‎ ‎ 3 .写出下列单词 并展示。‎ ‎ 动作片__________喜剧_______________记录片____________恐怖电影或小说____________种类_____________________去看电影____________________‎ ‎ 4.在小组内核对答案。‎ ‎ 5. 完成1a 将电影类型与海报匹配。‎ 二、学会谈论自己的爱好并询问他人爱好 。‎ ‎ 1.听录音完成1a 圈出你听到的电影类型。‎ ‎ 2.理解并复述听力对话. 并和你的同学编新对话。 ‎ ‎ 3. 听录音完成2a和2b 。‎ ‎ 4. 根据2b 表格询问Ben 和Sally喜欢的电影类型。‎ ‎ 如： A: What kind of movies does Ben like ?‎ ‎ B: He likes comedies and documentaries.‎ ‎ A: Does he like thrillers ? ‎ ‎ B: No, he doesn't.‎ ‎ A: Does he like action movies ?‎ ‎ B: Sorry, I don't know. ‎ ‎ 5. 就你和你朋友喜欢的电影类型进行自由问答。 ‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一 、按要求写出下列单词。‎ ‎1.comedy （复数）_________ 2.documetary（复数）_____________________‎ ‎3. boy（复数）___________ 4.big （反义词）_________5.long （反义词）_____________‎ ‎6.twelve（序数词）___________7.go（反义词）___________ 8.forty- two（序数）___________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 学会谈论自己的爱好并询问他人爱好。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ ‎ 一、单项选择。 ‎ ‎（ ） 1. ____________you want to go to a movie?‎ ‎ A. Do B. Does C. are D. Is ‎ ‎（ ） 2. __________the man like comedy?‎ ‎ A. Do B. Is C. Does D. Are ‎（ ） 3. I want ________see an action movie.‎ ‎ A. at B. in C. to D. for ‎（ ） 4. What kind of movies ___________Mike like ?‎ ‎ A. do B. don't C. does D. is ‎（ ） 5. — Does the boy have a great sports collection ?‎ ‎ —______________‎ ‎ A. Yes , he does B. No , he don't C. Yes , he is D. No, he isn't ‎ 二、用所给词的适当形式填空。‎ ‎1. I want two _____________(sweater) ‎ ‎2. She wants ___________（go）to a movie with her friend..‎ ‎3. They like _______________(documentary). ‎ ‎4.________ he want to go to a movie?Yes, he _______(do).‎ ‎5. I like __________（China）action movies.‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 9 sectionA3a—4 ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练掌握本课单词和短语。‎ ‎ 2.学习和掌握连词and和but的用法。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎1.单词和短语。‎ ‎2.连词and和but的用法。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组复习上一节课的重点词句。‎ 自主互助学习 知识点再现 一、去看电影有多种说法,请看下面:‎ go to a movie She wants to go to a movie.(同义句)‎ go to the movies go to see a movie ‎ go to see a film go to the cinema 二、want的用法如下:‎ want to do sth. 想去做某事 ‎ want sth. 想要某物 want sb. to do sth. 想让某人做某事 三、连词and, but, or, so and与but都可作连词,可连接两个并列的词、短语或简单句.and“和,又,而且”表示并列、承接或递进关系.but“而,但是”表示转折关系.or”或者”表示选择,so”因此,所以”表示因果。‎ He likes P.E. art. =He likes P.E. he likes art. ‎ He doesn't like P.E. art. =He doesn't like P.E. he doesn't like art. ‎ ‎(and用于连接肯定句中的短语 or只用于连接否定句中的短语。若连接两个否定句时仍用and, 如后一句。)‎ 学习任务：‎ 一、 读写、记忆本课单词和短语并默写。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆。‎ ‎ 3.小组互相检查读、写情况。‎ ‎ 4.写出单词并展示。‎ 二、用and和but连接句子,表述某人对电影的喜好。‎ ‎ 1.读3a独立完成,并在小组内核对答案,小组讨论and和but的用法。‎ ‎ and_______________________________________but_____________________________‎ ‎ 2.利用3a图画及and和but,介绍3a中人物对电影的喜好。‎ ‎ e.g. Maria likes thrillers but she doesn't like comedies.‎ ‎ 3.运用句型What kind of movies do you like?询问对电影的喜好。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、用and和but填空。‎ ‎ 1. I like tomatoes ________ he doesn't.‎ ‎ 2. They are in Class 7 ________ Li Ming isn't.‎ ‎ 3. She likes documentaries_______ he doesn't. ‎ ‎ 4.You, he ____I are good friends.‎ ‎5.I like comedies________ she also likes comedies.‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 连词and和but的用法。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单向选择。‎ ‎（ ）1.I like thrillers _______ I like documentaries.‎ ‎ A. and B. but C. or D. so ‎( ) 2. She has two brothers ______ no sisters.‎ A. and B. but C. or D. so ‎( ) 3. My brother wants ______a movie actor.‎ A. is B. be C. to be D. to is ‎ ( ) 4. We don’t go to school ______ weekends.‎ ‎ A. in B. on C. at D. for ‎( ) 5. I can learn ______ about English.‎ ‎ A. a lot B. a lots of C. many D. a lot of 二、完型填空。‎ ‎ I often go to movies 1 my friend, Mike. My 2 actor is Paul Jackson. He 3 a new movie, My Father's Birthday. It's 4 very funny comedy. Mike 5 the actor Rick Smith. He 6 likes his movie, Black September. It’s a very 7 thriller, but I think it's boring. One interesting thing: Mike is English, 8 he likes Beijing Opera! He often goes to see Beijing Opera 9 weekends. Mike's father likes it, 10. ‎ ‎( ) 1. A. and B. with C. or D. so ‎( ) 2. A. like B. favorite C. do D. likes ‎( ) 3. A. is B. have C. has D. be ‎( ) 4. A. a B. an C. the D./‎ ‎( ) 5. A. likes B. like C. doesn't like D. not like ‎( ) 6.A. real B. really C. don’t D. doesn't ‎( ) 7. A. success B. succeed C. successful D. successfully ‎( ) 8. A. and B. but C. or D. so ‎( ) 9. A. in B. on C. at D. for ‎( ) 10. A. also B. too C. either D. and ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 9 sectionB1—2d ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握本课11个单词。‎ ‎2习如何描述喜欢电影类型的理由。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 如何描述喜欢电影类型的理由。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组对话复习A: Do you want to go to a movie? B:Yes, I do./No, I don't ‎ A: What kind of movies do you like ?B: I like comedies and documentaries.‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 词句剖析 ‎1. It's a very successful movie. 这是一部很成功的电影。‎ ‎1) successful adj.成功的，常用短语：be successful in doing sth. 成功的做了什么 ‎ 例如：He was successful in playing the trumpet in the concert.‎ ‎2) n. success v. succeed ‎ ‎ 成功（名词） ，成功的（形容词） ，成功（动词） 例如 He is a boy. His is exciting.‎ ‎2. also与too：also和too都是“也”的意思，但用法不同。also一般用于肯定句和疑问句，且位置靠近动词，一般是在be动词、情态动词之后，行为动词之前；too用于肯定句和疑问句，一般放在句尾。如：Maria likes documentaries and also likes Beijing. 玛利亚喜欢记录片，她也喜欢京剧。My father likes it‰．我爸爸也喜欢它。I'm also student．(=I'm a student，too．)我也是一名学生。‎ 学习任务：‎ 一、 熟练掌握本课的11个单词。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆本课单词。‎ ‎ 2.小组互相检查单词读写情况。‎ ‎ 3.根据汉语写出下列英语单词或短语并展示。‎ 可怕的,吓人的__________ 有趣的;好玩的___________ 悲哀的;悲伤的_____________‎ 令人激动的;振奋人心的___________ 事实上;真正的____________ 时常;常常_______‎ 认为;想;思考_________学习;学会________ 关于;涉及;在...方面_________‎ 历史__________ 与...在一起;和__________ ‎ ‎ 4.小组合作完成1,并核对答案。‎ 二、练习听力。‎ ‎ 1.听录音完成2a。‎ ‎ 2.再听一遍,完成2b内容。‎ 三、学习2c。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读短文,并翻译。‎ ‎ 2.小组合作,翻译短文。‎ ‎ 3.尝试背诵短文。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、把下列名词变成复数形式：‎ ‎  1. comedy __________         2. romance __________ 3. cartoon __________     ‎ ‎  4. documentary __________ 5. thriller __________        6. child __________‎ ‎  7. woman __________       8. housewife __________ 9. pencil-box __________  ‎ ‎  10. boy __________ 11. party __________        12. watch __________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 如何描述喜欢电影类型的理由。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎( ) 1.Beijing Opera is really _______ .Many foreign people like it.‎ A. funny B. lucky C. tired D. boring ‎( ) 2. _____ kind of movies does she like?‎ ‎ A. How B. What C. Which D. What’s ‎( ) 3. I think the book ______ boring.‎ ‎ A. is B. be C. are D. does ‎( ) 4. I like to _____ movies. She likes to ______TV.‎ ‎ A. see, watch B. see, look C. watch, see D. watch, watch ‎ ‎( ) 5. June ______a lot about Chinese history.‎ ‎ A. learn B. learned C. think D. thinks ‎ 二、用所给词的适当形式填空。‎ ‎1.I like the _________ (act), so I like his movies.‎ ‎2.The sweater is __________ (real) cheap.‎ ‎3.Children like ____________ (fun) stories.‎ ‎4. I want ____________ (go) to a movie.‎ ‎5. She likes ____________ (comedy).‎ ‎6. What kind of _________(pen) do you like ?‎ ‎7. Is it an ____________ (interest) movie?‎ ‎8.He can ______ (learn) about Chinese history.‎ ‎9. Maria likes comedies but she ___________ (not like) thrillers.‎ ‎10.These _____________ (China) are his friends.‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit9 section B3a—self--check ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.掌握本课的单词及短语。‎ ‎ 2.读懂第3部分的短文，完成3b。‎ ‎3.会写关于自己所喜欢电影的小文章。‎ ‎4. 完成self—check。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 会写关于自己所喜欢电影的小文章。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组复习如何描述喜欢电影类型的理由。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 知识点呈现 ‎1.I often go to movies with my friends. 我常和朋友一起看电影。‎ with sb.意为“和某人一起“with短语可放在句末;也可以放在主语后面,谓语动词要与语保持一致. She with her friends often goes to the movies on weekends（at the weekend）.‎ 周末,她经常和朋友们一起去看电影.‎ ‎2.归纳总结名词复数： 在英语里面，名词分可数名词（countable noun）和不可数名词（uncountable noun），不可数名词没有单复数之分，用时只当单数词用；可数名词有单复数之分，表示一个时前面要用a或an，eg: a pencil, a basketball, a dictionary, an egg, an ID card，而复数即两个或两个以上的要作相应的变化，情况如下：‎ ‎（1）一般的词在单数词后直接+“s” eg: book→books，pen→pens，car→cars，map→maps，cartoon→cartoons ‎（2）以s，x，sh，ch结尾的词+“es” eg: box→boxes，watch→watches ‎（3）以辅音字母+y结尾的名词去掉“y”，改成“i”，再加“es” eg:family→families comedy→comedies dictionary→dictionaries,‎ documentary→documentaries, strawberry→strawberries ‎（4）以结尾的词多数在词尾加s，只有“黑人英雄吃土豆和西红柿”‎ ‎(negro,hero,tomoto,potato)加es ‎（5）以f或fe结尾的词，先去掉f或fe，改成“v”再加es eg: knife→knives，wife→wives，   leave→leaves ‎（6）特殊词，特殊变化，需单独记： eg: Chinese→Chinese, child→children，man→men，foot→feet，woman→women,‎ tooth→teeth，sheep→sheep，deer→deer 学习任务：‎ 一、 熟悉掌握本课的单词和短语。‎ ‎1.自读并记忆单词5分钟。‎ ‎ 2.组内练习，相互提问。‎ ‎3.展示交流，小组竞赛(以听写形式进行展示)。‎ ‎　最喜爱的_______________演员___________ 新的____________‎ ‎　成功的_________周末__________ 在周末____________________‎ 二、读懂3a 短文，完成题目要求。‎ ‎ 1.小组讨论短文意思。‎ ‎ 2.全班交流，教师点拨。‎ ‎ 3.阅读3b小短文，完成第二部分。‎ ‎ 4.组内交流，核对答案。‎ ‎ 5.全班交流，教师点拨，背诵短文并展示。‎ 三、会写关于自己所喜欢电影的小文章。‎ 四、小组合作完成self—check。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 一、单词拼写。‎ ‎1．一Do you want to go to a m_________? 一Yes，1 want to see a comedy ‎2．一What k_______ of movies do you like? 一I like action movies．‎ ‎3．Brad likes comedies and he a_________ likes Beijing Opera．‎ ‎4．I often go to the park with my parents 0n w_________．‎ ‎5．0n Sundays l usually s_________   at home and do my homework．‎ ‎6．My mother tells me an interesting s _________ each evening．‎ ‎7．My f_________ movie star is Gongli and I like her movies best．‎ ‎8．I don’t like thrillers because they're very s_________ ．‎ ‎9．Guo Peng likes comedies and he thinks they're f________ ．‎ ‎10. Yao Ming is a very f__________ basketball player in NBA ‎【要点归纳】‎ 会写关于自己所喜欢电影的小文章。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎ ( ) 1.Tom's uncle with his son often _______ sports.‎ ‎ A. plays B. play C. playing D. to play ‎( ) 2. He often goes to _____ basket games _____ the weekend.‎ ‎ A. see, on B. look, on C. watch, on D. look, at ‎( ) 3. Our house is quite small _____ it's very clean.‎ ‎ A. but B. and C. so D. or ‎( ) 4.I _____ think _____ interesting.‎ ‎ A. don't, it's not B. don't, it's C. think, it's not D. /, it's not ‎( ) 5. What kind of movies ______ Lucy ______?‎ ‎ A. does, like B. is, like C. does, likes D. do, like ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 10 section A1a—2c ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1. 熟练读出，书写本节课的表示爱好的单词。　‎ ‎ 2．熟练的谈论表示能力的话题，以及自己的意愿。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 学会谈论自己或别人的能力。 ‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组合作总结上单元所学内容。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎1. Can you play the guitar? 妳会弹吉它吗？‎ play + the 琴 play + 球/棋/牌 play with + … 玩……‎ ‎1）情态动词can小结：后面总是接动词原形，没有人称和数的变化。意思是”能,会”用法口诀:‎ 情动can表能力,和行为动词不分离.不管主语如何变, can的模样永不变。‎ 只要出现情动can,动词原形后面站.一般疑问can提前,否定can后not添。‎ ‎2）Play的用法小结： ‎ play与体育类词语连用时不加定冠词the e g. play basketball play volleyball play ping-pong play chess play与乐器类词语连用时要加定冠词the e g. play the guitar play the piano play the drum play the violin ‎3）俱乐部名称的写法:‎ join the swimming club the dancing club ‎ the singing club the music club ‎ the art club the English club ‎ the chess club the sports club ‎ the basketball/tennis/golf club ‎ 学习任务:‎ 一、认读并书写本课单词。 ‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆单词，小组互相检查读、写情况。‎ ‎ 2.写出下列单词并展示。‎ ‎ 吉他_________ 跳舞__________ 游泳__________ 唱歌___________‎ ‎ 国际象棋_____________ 画画___________说英语________________‎ ‎ 3.在小组内核对答案。‎ ‎ 4.完成1a 将单词与图画匹配。‎ 二、学会谈论自己的能力并询问他人的能力。‎ ‎ 1.听录音完成1a排序。 ‎ ‎ 2.理解并复述听力对话. 并和你的同学编新对话。 ‎ ‎ 3.练习下面的对话: ‎ ‎ Can you ----? Yes,I can. No, I can't. ‎ ‎ 4. 听录音.圈出你听到的俱乐部。‎ ‎ English club art club music club chess club swimming club ‎ 5.两人一组,利用上面的俱乐部来练习下面的对话。‎ ‎ A: What club do you want to join? B: I want to join ----‎ 三、通过学习2b的对话,就询问能力方面展开交际。‎ ‎ 1. 补全2a中的对话。‎ ‎ 2. 两人一组,交流答案,相互翻译。‎ ‎ 3小组交流展示。‎ 四、合作探讨 ‎ 讨论如何询问第三人称能力的句型。‎ ‎ Can he sing ? Yes, he can . No, he can't.‎ ‎ Can David speak English? Yes,he can. No, he can't. ‎ ‎ What club does he want to join? He wants to join the chess ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、从第B栏中找出第A栏中问句的相应答语。‎ ‎ A B ‎　　（ ）1．What club do you want to join? A．Very well.‎ ‎　　（ ）2．What's your phone number? B．It's $10.‎ ‎　　（ ）3．How are you? C．It's 8989766.‎ ‎　　（ ）4．Can you swim? D．The music club.‎ ‎　　（ ）5．How much is the shirt? E．No, I can't. ‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 学会谈论自己或别人的能力。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ Teacher：(1) _________________________?‎ David、Lisa：We want to join the music club．‎ Teacher：(2) __________________________?‎ David：I can sing．‎ Teacher：(3)____________________________?‎ Lisa：Yes，I Can also play the piano，but I can't play it very well．‎ Teacher：(4) ____________________________，David?‎ David：Yes，l can also play the guitar．‎ Teacher：(5)___________________________?‎ David：Sorry，I can't play it very well．‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 10 sectionA3a--4 ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.继续掌握并运用各种俱乐部的短语。‎ ‎2.学会谈论自己的喜好和意愿及表达自己在某一方面所具备的才能。‎ ‎3.通过小组一起谈论彼此的特长和爱好，培养一种群体意识。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 进一步掌握句型：‎ ‎---Can you ? ‎ ‎ --- Yes,I can. No, I can't. ‎ ‎---What club do you want to join? ‎ ‎ --- I want to join ‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组合作运用句型---Can you ? --- Yes,I can. No, I can't. ‎ ‎---What club do you want to join? --- I want to join 询问能力，谈论特长。‎ 自主互助学习 词句剖析 ‎ 1. Are you good with children? 你能和孩子们和谐相处吗？‎ ‎1) be good with = get on well with 与某人和谐相处 ‎2) be good to 对…… 友好= be friendly/kind to…反义词：be bad to ‎3) be good for sth. 对……有益 反义词：be bad for ‎4) be good at 擅长……= do well in ‎2. Can you help kids with swimming? 你能帮助孩子学游泳吗？‎ help sb. with sth. = help sb.（ to） do sth. 帮助某人做某事 He can help me with my English.= He can help me to learn English. 他能帮我学英语。‎ help sb. = give sb. a hand help yourself (进餐时)自己取用 help n. (U) 例如： I really need some help.‎ helpful adj. 有帮助的，有用的，有益的 helpless adj. 无助的，没用的. ‎ need help for… 需要……的帮助 I need help for my English. 我需要有人帮我学英语。‎ ‎3.well和good的区别：‎ ‎  Tom can play the guitar but he can't play it very well. Tom会谈吉它，但他弹得不是非常好。‎ play … well意思是“弹得好”，well是good的副词形式，常用来修饰动词；但也可作形容词用，意思是“（身体）好”，与fine同义。如：‎ ‎1）                                 . Silly唱歌唱得非常好。‎ ‎2）—How are you now? —                        . Thank you.—你现在好吗？—很好，谢谢。‎ 学习任务:‎ 一、认读并书写本课kid / our 2个单词。 ‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆单词。‎ 二、小组合作学习 ‎1.完成3a 。‎ ‎2.交流展示熟练运用句型---Can you ? --- Yes,I can. No, I can't. ‎ ‎3.阅读广告模拟职位面试活动。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、根据句意及词首字母写出单词。‎ ‎1．John wants to j ________ the music club.‎ ‎　　2．Can you s ________ English?‎ ‎　　3．I can play the guitar but can't play the p ________.‎ ‎　　4．The girl can dance w ．‎ ‎　　5．Can you h ________ kids with swimming?‎ 二用完整形式回答问题。 ‎ ‎1. Do you like music ? ______________ ‎ ‎2. Can your parents speak English ? ______________ ‎ ‎3. What can you do ? ______________ ‎ ‎4. Can you play the violin ? ______________ ‎ ‎5. Do you want to join a music club ? ______________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 学会谈论自己的喜好和意愿及表达自己在某一方面所具备的才能。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、用所给词的适当形式填空。‎ ‎1. She wants _________(join) the music club.‎ ‎2. Can you play the violin __________(good)?‎ ‎3. Let him _______(open) the door.‎ ‎4. May I ________ (swim) here? ‎ ‎5.That is ________ (we) classroom.‎ 二、连词组句 (请注意大小写和标点符号)。 ‎1.want, join, the, club, to, music, I ‎___________________________________ ‎2I, play, the, can't , guitar, ‎___________________________________ ‎ ‎ ‎3.club, you, do, want, join, to, what ‎___________________________________ ‎4.to, want, the, join, we, English club ‎___________________________________ ‎5.computers, the, help, summer camp, needs, with ‎___________________________________ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit10 sectionB1a—2c ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练读出，书写本节课有关乐器的单词。　‎ ‎ 2.学会询问某人能力的句型。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎ 学会谈论自己或别人的能力。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组合作复习谈论表达能力的句型，各种俱乐部的表达。‎ 自主互助学习 学习任务：‎ 一、认读并书写本课单词。 .‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆单词。‎ ‎ 2.小组互相检查读、写情况。‎ ‎ 3 .写出下列单词并展示。‎ ‎ 吉他_________ 鼓__________ 钢琴__________ 喇叭___________‎ ‎ 小提琴_____________ 画画___________唱歌________________‎ ‎ 4.完成1a 将单词与图画匹配。‎ 二、学会询问他人的能力句型 。‎ ‎ ---- Can you play the guitar? ‎ ‎ ---- Yes,I can. But I can't play the piano. ‎ ‎ 1.两人一组，练习对话。‎ ‎ 2.利用1a中的乐器，做替换练习。‎ ‎ 3.小组竞争，展示成果。‎ 三、听力技能提高，学习2a,2b部分。‎ ‎ 1. 听录音，圈出你听到的单词。‎ ‎ 2. 核对答案，完成2a。‎ ‎ 3. 再听一遍录音，用方框中的词填写2b图表。‎ ‎ 4.核对答案，完成2b。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、翻译出下列短语:‎ ‎1.打篮球________________ 2.打棒球_____________ 3.踢足球_____________‎ ‎4.弹钢琴________________5.弹吉他_____________ 6.敲鼓_______________.‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1.熟练读出，书写本节课有关乐器的单词。　‎ ‎2.学会谈论自己或别人的能力。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎( ) 1．Bob can play ________ tennis but can't play ________ violin. ‎ ‎　　 A．the, the B．×, × C．the, × D．× , the ‎ ( )2. – _______ Mary and Jill play piano this afternoon ? ‎ ‎–Yes, they _______.‎ A. Do ; are B. Can ; can C. Do ; does D. Does ; do ‎( )3.----- ____________ are these bananas?‎ ‎----They are 10 yuan .‎ A. What many B. What much C. How much D. How many ‎( )4. I like __________ club.‎ A. music B. music's C. the music D. musics ‎( )5. _________ do you want to join?‎ A. How club B. What club C. When club D. Where club ‎( )6. He _________ to join the music club.‎ A. don't want B. don't wants C. doesn't want D. doesn't wants ‎ 二、句型转换。 ‎1.I want to join the art club.（就划线部分提问）‎ ‎  ‎2.My uncle can play basketball.（就划线部分提问）‎ ‎ ‎ ‎3.She can play the violin.（变成一般疑问句并作肯定回答）‎ ‎ ‎ ‎4.Tom can play the drums. He can't play the trumpet.（用but连成一句话）‎ ‎ ‎ ‎5.We want to join the English club.(变成否定句)‎ ‎  三、用适当的单词补全下列对话。（每空一词）‎ Boy: Here ____1____ a list(清单) of all the clubs.‎ Girl: What club do you want _____2____ ____3_____?‎ Boy: Hmm. I want to _____4____ the ______5_____ club. I want to learn English. ‎ How about you?‎ Girl: Hmm. I want to _____6____ the chess club. Do you like ____7_____? ‎ Boy: No, I don't like chess. By the way(顺便问一声), do you _____8____ music?‎ Girl: Oh, yes. I can sing ____9____ dance. I like music very much.‎ Boy: Me, too. ____10______ join the music club.‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit10 sectionB3a—self--check ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练读出，并能写出本节课的9个单词。　‎ ‎ 2.理解本课短文，并能学会写海报。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 学会写海报。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新 小组合作总结本单元的单词，短语及句型。‎ 自主互助学习 单元知识总结 ‎1. Can you play the guitar? Can you dance / swim? 你会弹吉它 / 跳舞 / 游泳吗？‎ Yes, I . / No, I . 是的，我会。/ 不，我不会。‎ 总结：can的同法是： 。‎ Kate can swim.(变成否定句和一般疑问句) ‎ ‎ 2. I want the art / music club. 我想参加美术 / 音乐俱乐部。‎ ‎ 3. do you want to join? 你想参加什么俱乐部？‎ ‎ 4. Can you play well? 你弹钢琴弹得好吗？‎ ‎ 5. Are you good with kids? 你善于和孩子相处吗？‎ ‎ 与......相处好 对....... 有益 擅长 对......态度好 ‎ ‎ Teachers are good us. Fruit is good us. She is good sports. ‎ ‎ 6. May I know your name? 我可以知道你的名字吗？= ? ‎ ‎ 7. What can you do? 你会做什么？‎ ‎ 例如：She can play tennis.(提问) ‎ ‎ 8. 短语：play the piano / the drums / the trumpet 弹钢琴 / 打鼓 / 吹喇叭（乐器前有the）‎ 总结：play the + .(乐器前必须加 ) ‎ ‎ play + ("球"前不能加 ) ‎ 例如：He can't play piano. ‎ ‎ He has basketball.Let's play basketball or let's play chess.‎ ‎(填冠词或不填)‎ ‎ 9. a little和 little “一点，一些”都可以修饰 ，但是有 表示肯定，无 表示否定。‎ ‎ a few 和 few 都可以修饰 ，但是有 表示肯定，无 表示否定。‎ ‎ I have apples, let's buy some. ‎ ‎ She has ice cream,we can eat it now.(用上述词填空) ‎ ‎ 10. 讲什么语言用 ，如：讲英语/中文 ‎ ‎ 11. join的用法 ‎ 学习任务：‎ 一、熟练掌握本课的单词。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆本课单词。‎ ‎ 2.小组互相检查单词读写情况。‎ 二、学习3a短文。‎ ‎ 1.自读短文,理解意思。‎ ‎ 2.小组讨论短文意思。‎ ‎ 3.小组展示,对抗组质疑纠正。‎ ‎ 4.小组内复述、背诵短文。‎ 三、学习3b ‎ 1.自读短文,用方框中的单词完成海报。‎ ‎ 2.小组合作,翻译短文。‎ ‎ 3.尝试背诵短文。‎ 四、学习完成self--check 。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、用所给词的适当形式填空。‎ ‎1. We need some ________ (music) for our music festival.‎ ‎ 2. If you can dance, please come and join ________(our).‎ ‎3. can you _________(paint)?‎ ‎4. I can't play the trumpet. It's ________ (easy).‎ ‎5. Can you _______ (does) Chinese Kong Fu, Lee?‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 学会写海报。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎( )1. We want two good musicians _______ our rock band . ‎ A. for B. of C. in D. to ‎( )2. _____ do you like art ?‎ A. When B. Why C. What D. Which ‎( )3. -_____she ______ Japanese? -No, she can't.‎ A. Does, speak B. Do, speaks C. Can, speak D. Can, speaks ‎( )4. His father _______TV every day.‎ A. watch B. watches C. sees D. looks at ‎( )5. I can learn _______about English at our school.‎ A. lots of B. a lot of C. a lot D. very much 二、根据提示，完成这份广告(首字母已经给出)。‎ Welcome to our sports Center Do you like s________? We have many c_________. For example: v_________ club, b________ club, p____________ club, t____________ club, f_________ club, s_________ club and more. Come and join us soon!‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 11 sectionA1a-2c ( 2课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练掌握本课单词和短语。　‎ ‎2.学会谈论自己及他人的日常生活及日常作息习惯,并能合理安排。‎ ‎3.掌握时间表达法。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 谈论自己及他人的日常生活及日常作息习惯。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组复习数字1—30，讨论日常生活习惯。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 知识点剖析 ‎1.get up 是一个固定词组,意为 “起床” .相似的说法还有 “be up”. 如: He gets up very early. = He is up very early. 另外,get 与不同的词组搭配,还有很多固定词组. 如:get back 归还,取回. get home 到家 get …for 为某人拿/买 get …from 从某人那得到 ‎2. go to school “上学”是一个固定词组,go 也有很多的固定搭配。   如:go to a movie go home go shopping ‎3.run 是一个动词, 意为 “跑” .run 的第三人称单数和现在分词是:runs, running. 固定搭配, run after. 4. eat breakfast 吃早饭 eat breakfast =have breakfast 5. take a shower “洗澡” ,这是一个固定词组, 其中take 可以由have 代替. take a shower= have a shower 类似的短语还有 take/ have a rest take/have a walk 6. do you usually go to school/ get up? 你通常何时上学 / 起床？‎ I usually run/ She usually gets up at around 7:00. 我 / 她通常大约7:00跑步 / 起床。‎ Does she usually go to school/ get up? ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎7.what time 和 when 的 区别 ‎1）询问具体的时间，两者都可以使用 When do you get up? What time do you get up?‎ ‎2）询问钟表表示的时间只能用what time What time is it now?‎ ‎3）询问时间段只能用when When do you watch TV? I watch TV in the evening.‎ 学习任务：‎ 一、会读写、本课4个单词及5个短语。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读、记忆本课单词。‎ ‎2.小组互相检查单词读的情况。‎ ‎3.小组内竞赛，看谁记得快、准，并展示（默写）‎ ‎　单词: 时间_______淋浴，淋浴器_________通常________......点钟______‎ ‎ 短语:几点,什么时候_____________ 去上学____________起床_________‎ ‎ 淋浴;洗澡_________________ 吃早饭___________‎ ‎4.认真观察１a的图画，将词语与图片搭配，并核对答案。‎ 二、利用时间表达法,自由的表达时间。‎ ‎ 1.个人读出下列时间。‎ ‎ 5:00 five o'clock 6:00 six o'clock 7:00 seven o'clock 8:00 eight o'clock ‎ ‎ 9:02 nine two 10:20 ten twenty 11:35 eleven thirty-five ‎2.小组为单位,读出1a中的时间。‎ ‎ 3.听1b录音,完成时间与活动的匹配。‎ Activities get up run eat breakfast take a shower go to school Time 三、运用句型What time ...?谈论Rick的日常生活及Rick一家的淋浴时间。‎ ‎ 1．熟读1a中的对话,理解并复述。‎ ‎ 2．小组为单位,两人合作,谈论Rick的日常生活(分别扮演Rick和采访者)。‎ ‎ 3．熟读2c中的对话,理解并复述。‎ ‎ 4．小组为单位,两人合作,谈论Rick一家的淋浴时间。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、英汉互译。‎ ‎ 1. 吃晚饭_________ 2. 淋浴;洗澡__________3.起床_________‎ ‎4. eleven thirty-five _ 5. go to school ‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 1. 谈论自己及他人的日常生活及日常作息习惯。‎ ‎2. 掌握时间表达法。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、句型转换。‎ ‎1.He gets up at 6:30.(提问) ‎ ‎2.The art festival is September 10th.(提问) ‎ ‎3.goes，mother，to, usually，at，eleven, bed，my（连词成句）‎ ‎ ‎ ‎4. He has three baseballs. (对划线部分提问) ‎___________________________________ ‎5. It's ten thirty now. (对划线部分提问) ‎___________________________________ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit11 section A3a-4 ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练掌握本课的单词,和部分短语。‎ ‎2.熟练运用句型询问时间,以及在某个时间干什么事。‎ ‎ What's the time? It's----‎ ‎ What time do you usually ------? I usually -----at---‎ ‎ 3.通过模仿3a,描述你一天的活动。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 描述你的一天的活动。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新学会What time do/does you/he/she get up?谈论自己及他人的日常生活及日常作息习惯,并能合理安排。‎ 自主互助学习 重点剖析 ‎1.感叹句——感叹句一般有两种结构：‎ ‎(1)What+(a／an)+形容词+名词(+主语+谓语)!‎ 如：What a beautiful flower(it is)!(它是)一朵多美丽的花啊!‎ What an interesting movie!多有趣的电影啊!‎ What good musicians!多好的音乐家啊!‎ ‎(2) How+形容词／副词+主语+谓语!‎ 如：How beautiful the flower is!花多美啊!‎ ‎ How interesting the movie is! 电影多有趣啊!‎ How good the musicians are!音乐家们多好啊!‎ How well Bill plays the guitar! 比尔的吉他弹得多好啊!‎ ‎2.宾语从句的语序（用陈述句的语序， 见下文画线部分）：‎ ‎ I don't know when your birthday is. （不是when is your birthday）‎ ‎ Can you tell me where you come from? (不是where do you come from)‎ ‎3.关于时间的表达法——英语中表达钟点的方法一般有两种：‎ ‎(1)数字表达法：按照时间的顺序，用数词先说“时”，再说“分”。‎ 如：six thirty 六点半；seven fifteen七点十五分；nine fifty-five 九点五十五分。‎ ‎(2)文字表达法：先说“分”，再说“时”，中间加介词past(半点或半点以内，表示“超过”)、to(半点以上，表示“差”)。‎ 如：ten past five五点十分；。quarter past seven 七点一刻；half past nine 九点半；a quarter to twelve十二点差一刻，即十一点四十五分。‎ 学习任务：‎ 一、读写、记忆本课单词和短语。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆。‎ ‎ 3.小组互相检查读、写情况。‎ 二、通过练习描述一天的时间。‎ ‎1.练习下列对话 。 ‎ ‎——What's the time? —— It's seven--thirty.‎ ‎ —— What time do you usually go to bed?‎ ‎ —— I usually go to bed at eight o'clock.‎ ‎ 2.两人一组练习对话。‎ ‎ 三、阅读3a的短文,能描述出你的这一天的活动。‎ ‎ 1.个人自渎3a的短文,划出文中的短语。‎ ‎ 2.小组讨论文中的汉语意思。‎ ‎ 3.复述课文,试着模仿说出自己的一天的活动 ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、根据英文写出相应的时间。‎ ‎1．half past six     2．seven thirty 3．a quarter past nine        ‎ ‎4．ten to ten 5．eleven fifty      6．ten past twelve ‎ ‎    7．half past twelve          8．a quarter to two ‎ ‎    9．three o’clock             10．four twenty—five ‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎1..熟练运用句型询问时间,以及在某个时间干什么事。‎ ‎ What's the time? It's----‎ ‎ What time do you usually ------? I usually -----at---‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎ 1. The bus usually ________ him to work.‎ ‎ A. take B. takes C. / D. bring ‎ 2. I usually go to school _________ seven o'clock..‎ ‎ A. at B. in C. on D. for ‎ ‎ 3._________ a funny time to eat breakfast..‎ ‎ A. How B. What C. When D. What ‎ 4. How can I go to school? ----You can take ______________‎ ‎ A. the number 13 bus B.13 bus C. the 13 bus D. number 13 bus ‎ 5. — What's the time? —__________ nine-fifteen. ‎ ‎ A. The time is B. It's C. At D. This is 二、根据句意,用括号内所给词的适当形式填空。‎ ‎ 1. People love ___________ (listen) to him.‎ ‎ 2. He ________(brush) his teeth and __________(have) a shower..‎ ‎ 3. It's 7 o'clock. Let's _____ (go) home.‎ ‎ 4. Our teacher works 8 _______（hour） a day in the school..‎ ‎ 5. We want to live in the ___________(旅馆).‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit11 sectionB 1a—2c ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练掌握本节课的单词及短语。　‎ ‎ 2.能够利用所学句型询问及表述时间。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 学会谈论自己或别人的日常生活，询问及表述时间。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新通过模仿3a,描述你一天的活动。‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 重点剖析 ‎1.When do people usually ? 人们通常什么时候吃晚饭？‎ ‎ 2.短语： the morning / afternoon / evening 在早上 / 下午 / 晚上 ‎ （若有其它修饰词，常用介词on: on Sunday morning; on the evening of May 1st.）‎ ‎ Her father was born July 7th. and her mother was born August.‎ ‎3.复习归纳时刻表达：‎ ‎ 第一种读法： + 例如：1：21 one twenty-one ‎ 第二种读法： + + 具体方式是 ‎ ‎ 1）分钟未过半点，用 +past + ‎ ‎ 例如：7：20, 可以读作： seven twenty, 或twenty past seven ‎ 12：08, 可以读作：twelve oh eight, 或eight past twelve ‎ 2）分钟刚好半点：用 + past + ‎ ‎ 9：30, 可读作：nine thirty, 或half past nine ‎ 3）分钟超过半点：用 + + ‎ ‎ 8：46, 可读作：eight forty-six, 或fourteen to nine ‎4. in, on, at的用法。‎ at 在表示具体的时刻前。‎ at 5:00 at 8: 30 in the morning at night in 在月份、季节、年份前， 在上、下午，晚上前 in 2008 in spring in the morning in January on 在日期、星期、节日和在具体的某天前 on March first on Teachers’ Day on Sunday on Sunday morning 学习任务：‎ 一、认读并书写本课单词 及短语。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆单词。‎ ‎ 2.小组互相检查读、写情况。‎ ‎ 3.完成1a 将行为与时间匹配。‎ 二、学会询问他人时间的句型。‎ ‎ —When do people usually eat dinner? ‎ ‎ — People usually eat dinner in the evening . ‎ ‎ 1.两人一组，练习对话。‎ ‎ 2.利用1a中的短语，做替换练习。‎ ‎ 3.小组竞争，展示成果。‎ 三、学习2a,2b部分。‎ ‎ 1. 听录音，圈出你听到的活动。‎ ‎ 2. 核对答案，完成2a。‎ ‎ 3. 再听一遍录音，完成2b。‎ ‎ 4.掌握这些表示日常活动的动词和动词词组。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、 英汉互译。‎ ‎1.在下午____________ 2.在傍晚、晚上__________ 3.做家庭作业__________ ‎ ‎ 4.回家__________ 5. have breakfast__________ 6. eat dinner ‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 学会谈论自己或别人的日常生活，询问及表述时间。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、 翻译下列句子。‎ ‎ 1. Tom一般几点起床？他一般4点15起床。‎ ‎ What time ______ Tom _______ _____ up?‎ ‎ He usually ____ ______ _____ 4:15 .‎ ‎ 2. 人们一般都什么时候吃晚饭？一般在晚上吃。‎ ‎ What time ____ people usually _______ ________ ?‎ ‎ People usually ____ ______ in ____ ______. ‎ ‎ 3. 你经常几点吃早饭？‎ ‎ What time _____ _____ ______ ______ _______?‎ ‎ 4. — 你的哥哥几点淋浴？ —他经常在七点淋浴。‎ ‎ _________________________________________________________‎ ‎ 5. 我姑姑喜欢在中午一点吃午餐。‎ ‎ My ____ likes ________ dinner ___ 1:00.‎ 一、 用所给动词的适当形式填空。‎ ‎ 1.Alice often to school at seven—fifteen .( go )‎ ‎2.What time her father home. (get)‎ ‎3.she wants her teeth .(brush)‎ ‎4.When your uncle often his work ? (start)‎ ‎5.Some students sports every day .(play)‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 11 sectionB 3a –Self -check ( 2课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练读出，并能写出本节的10个单词及重点词语,复习掌握本单元的单词及 短语。‎ ‎2.理解本课短文，并学会以书信的形式向朋友谈论自己的日常生活，及日常作息时间。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 学会以书信的形式向朋友谈论自己的日常生活，及日常作息时间。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新学会谈论自己或别人的日常生活，询问及表述时间。‎ 自主互助学习 重点剖析 ‎1.Please write and tell me about your things. （tell sb about sth）‎ ‎2.Thanks for your letter. Thanks for (doing) sth ‎3.School starts at seven- thirty. 学校7：30开始上课。‎ ‎4.Please write soon. 请尽快回信。‎ ‎5.Please write and tell me about your morning. 请写信给我并告诉我你早上在做什么。‎ 学习任务:‎ 一、熟练掌握本课的9个单词。‎ ‎1.个人自读，记忆本课单词。‎ ‎2.小组互相检查单词阅读情况。‎ 二、学习3a短文。‎ ‎1.自读短文，理解意思。‎ ‎2.小组讨论短文意思。‎ ‎3.小组展示，对抗组质疑纠正。小组内复述，背诵短文。‎ 三、学习3b。‎ ‎1.自读短文，用活动2b中的相关信息完成该书信。‎ ‎2.小组合作，翻译短文。‎ ‎3.尝试背诵短文。‎ 四、完成4部分。‎ ‎1.自行完成该时间表。‎ ‎2.根据表格，两人一组练习对话。‎ eg —What time do you usually run?‎ ‎ — I usually run at 8:00 on Sunday.‎ 五、完成Self –check。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 一、翻译下列短语。‎ ‎1.为……而感谢__________________ 2. 想做……_____________ 3. 起床__________‎ ‎4.做家庭作业____________ 5.吃早饭_________________ 6.去上学__________________‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 学会以书信的形式向朋友谈论自己的日常生活，及日常作息时间。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、根据句意，用所给词的适当形式填空。 ‎ ‎1. Please write and tell ____________(I) about your birthday party.‎ ‎2. He always ____________(make) his breakfast in the morning.‎ ‎3. What a ____________(fun) time to go swimming!‎ ‎4. What's your _____________(one) name?‎ ‎5. This is a card for you with my best ____________(wish). ‎ 二、单项选择。‎ ‎( ) 1. — _______ do you usually get up? —I usually get up at five o'clock.‎ A. What B. What time C. Where D. why ‎( ) 2. When does your brother _______ classes?‎ A. start B. starts C. to start D. starting ‎( ) 3. Do you want to know my morning?‎ A. to B. for C. about D. of ‎( ) 4. Please write to me .‎ A. soon B. quickly C. usually D. also ‎( ) 5. Thanks very much your help.‎ A. to B. with C. for D. at 三、阅读理解。‎ On weekdays, David gets up at 6:30. He has breakfast at seven, and then he goes to school by bus. He gets there at 7:15. He doesn't like to be late. Classes begin at 8:00. He has lunch at twelve at school. He goes home at 5:30 in the afternoon. On weekends, he gets up at about 8:00 and makes breakfast for his family. His parents like him very much.‎ 根据短文内容，选择正确答案。‎ ‎( ) 1. David gets up at 6:30 ______ .‎ A. every day B. on Sunday C. on weekdays D. on Saturdays ‎ ‎( ) 2. David goes to school _____ .‎ A. by a bike B. by bus C. by cars D. No.3 bus ‎ ‎( ) 3. He has ______ at twelve at school.‎ A. breakfast B. lunch C. classes D. supper ‎ ‎( ) 4. _____ makes breakfast for the family on Sundays.‎ A. David B. Mother C. Father D. I ‎ ‎( ) 5. Which of the following is right? ‎ A. David wakes up at 6:30 on weekdays. B. David's first class begins at 8:00. C. David is often late for school. D. David always gets home at5:30. ‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit 12 sectionA1a—2d ( 2课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练读出，书写本节课的表示喜好的单词。　‎ ‎2.熟练谈论表示喜好以及表述理由的话题。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎ 学会谈论喜好并表述理由。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新小组复习谈论喜好的表达Do you like…? ‎ I like … It's interesting / fun /exciting /relaxing .‎ I don't like … It's difficult /boring .‎ 自主互助学习 重点剖析 ‎1. What's your favorite subject? My favorite subject is English.‎ ‎ 2. Why do you like …? Because it is interesting.‎ ‎1） What's your favorite subject? 你最喜爱的学科是什么？‎ 注意：形容词性物主代词+favorite+名词，“…最喜爱的….”‎ 改错：He favorite book is this one. ‎ ‎2）My favorite subject is science. 我最喜爱的学科是科学。‎ ‎ 3）Why do you / does she like science? 你 / 她为什么喜欢科学？ ‎ ‎ Because it's interesting. 因为它有趣。‎ 总结：对原因状语从句提问用： 。‎ ‎ 3. 表示学科的名称： subject science P.E. English Chines ‎ ‎ math art music history 学习任务：‎ 一、认读并书写本课单词。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆单词。‎ ‎ 2.小组互相检查读写情况。‎ ‎ 3.完成1a 将单词与图画匹配。‎ 二、学会谈论自己的喜好并表述理由。‎ ‎ 1.听录音在活动1a中圈出听到的学科。‎ ‎ 2. 让学生理解并复述听力对话. 并和你的同学编新对话。 ‎ ‎ 3. 练习下面的对话。‎ ‎ A: what's your favorite ? B: My favorite is .‎ ‎ 4. 听录音.完成2a,将句子排序连成对话,然后表演此对话.。‎ 三、通过学习2b,学生可以谈论自己的喜好并表述理由。‎ ‎ 1. 听录音,将学科与形容词匹配.完成2b。‎ ‎ 2.以小组为单位,交流答案,相互检查。‎ ‎ 3.两人一组,利用2b中的科目与形容词进行对话交际。‎ ‎ A:what's your favorite---? B:My favorite--- is---.‎ ‎ A:Why do you like---? B:Because it's ---.‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ ‎ 一、根据句意和首字母完成句子。‎ ‎1. My favorite s______ is science.‎ ‎2. Linda likes art and music because they are r______ ‎ ‎3.I like comedies b_______________ they are very funny.‎ ‎4.His _____________ (体育) teacher is Mr Wang.‎ ‎ 5.Rick likes ________________ (科学) very much.‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 学会运用以下句型谈论喜好并表述理由。‎ A:what's your favorite---? B:My favorite--- is---.‎ ‎ A:Why do you like---? B:Because it's ---.‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、句型转换。‎ ‎1.He likes English because it's interesting.(对划线部分提问) ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎2.Jim's favorite subject is science. (同义句)‎ ‎ Jim ______ science ______.‎ ‎3. It's time for me to have breakfast. (同义句)‎ It's time ______ my _______.‎ ‎4._______ her _______ subject?‎ Her favorite subject is art.‎ ‎5. _______ his _______ football player?‎ His favorite football player is Beckham.‎ ‎6. _______ is your _______ teacher?‎ My math teacher is Mr. Smith. ‎ ‎7. _______ _______ her parents like music?‎ Because it's relaxing.‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit12 sectionA3a--4 ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练掌握本课的单词。‎ ‎2.熟练运用询问爱好及人物的句型。 ‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 学会询问某人的爱好。 ‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新运用句型熟练谈论表示喜好以及表述理由的话题。‎ A:what's your favorite---? B:My favorite--- is---.‎ ‎ A:Why do you like---? B:Because it's ---.‎ 自主互助学习 重点剖析 ‎1. is your art teacher? 谁是你的美术教师？‎ 总结：对 提问用 。‎ Mr. Smith is our math teacher.(提问) ？‎ ‎2. What's her/his favorite color? Her/His favorite color is blue.‎ 学习任务：‎ 一、读写、记忆本课单词和短语。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆。‎ ‎ 3.小组互相检查读、写情况。‎ ‎ 4.根据汉语写出下列英语单词并展示。‎ ‎ 教师______ 谁_______伙伴；合作者_______城市_________ ‎ ‎ 最喜欢的食物 科目______ 科学_____ 因为______‎ 二、学习询问爱好及人物的句型。‎ ‎ 1.用3a方框中的单词完成对话。‎ ‎ 2.组内核对答案。‎ ‎ 3.背诵对话并在组内相互检查。‎ ‎ 4.展示对话，对抗组竞争展示，完成3a。‎ ‎ 5.根据3a对话，询问你的同伴最喜欢的科目和教师完成3b表格。‎ 三、熟练运用名词所有格来询问和谈论第三者最喜欢的事物。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读下列对话理解意思。‎ ‎ A:What's your mother's favorite color ?‎ ‎ B:Her favorite color is blue.‎ ‎ 2.小组内进行对话练习并展示。‎ ‎ 3.根据4中的表格做替换练习，完成4。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、按要求填空。‎ ‎1. Kunming is a big c_______ in China.‎ ‎2. Miss Liu is my math t_________.‎ ‎3. Who is your favorite_________(伙伴)? ‎ ‎4. My favorite s _________ is music. ‎ ‎5.—Why does he like P.E?‎ ‎—B ________it's interesting.‎ ‎6.English is _________(Mike) favorite subject.‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 学会询问某人的爱好。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、单项选择。‎ ‎ ( ) 1. —— ________ does she like music?‎ ‎ ——Because she thinks it is relaxing.‎ ‎ A. What B. When C. Why D. How ‎( ) 2. Sarah's favorite ________ is Friday because she has music.‎ ‎ A. day B. time C. week D. month ‎( ) 3.——What's your mother's favorite color?‎ ‎ —— ________ favorite color is __________..‎ ‎ A.She; red B.Her; blue C.She; bananas D.Her; math ‎( ) 4. —— _________ is your art teacher?‎ ‎ —— Mrs Zhang.‎ ‎ A. Who B. What C. When D. Where ‎( ) 5.——What ________does he like best?‎ ‎ —— Football.‎ ‎ A. food B.subject C. color D. sport 二、根据对情景，在空白处填入合适的单词。‎ A: Hi, Alice! What is your favorite 1 ?‎ B: My favorite? I 2 history. It's interesting.‎ A: Interesting? It's boring. P.E. is my 3 . Mr. Green 4 a good teacher. 5 your history teacher?‎ B: Mr. Brown. He's very funny.‎ A: When do you have 6 ?‎ B: I have history 7 Tuesday and Thursday.‎ A: You don’t have history on Monday, Wednesday or Friday?‎ B: No, I 8 math.‎ A: Is Mrs. Black your math 9 ?‎ B: Yes, she is. Math is difficult. I don’t like it. 10 Mrs. Black is a good teacher.‎ ‎1._________ 2. _________ 3. _________ 4. _________ 5. _________‎ ‎6. _________ 7. _________ 8. _________ 9. _________ 10. _________‎ ‎【总结反思】‎ ‎【课题】 Unit12 section B1a—2c ( 1课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练掌握本节课的6个单词。　‎ ‎ 2.能够利用所学句型谈论喜好并且会表述理由。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ ‎ 学会谈论自己或别人的喜好并且会表述理由。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新熟练运用询问爱好及人物的句型。‎ What's her/his favorite color? Her/His favorite color is blue.‎ 自主互助学习 ‎ 重点剖析 ‎1. 表示星期的名称：Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday ‎ ‎ Friday Saturday ‎1）都以-day结尾，属于专有名词，首字母都要大写；‎ ‎2）一个星期的第一天应为Sunday; Sunday is the first day of a week.‎ ‎3）询问“星期几?”应用"What day is it?" “It's Sunday.”‎ ‎4）on Monday / Tuesday… 在周一 / 周二…. ‎ ‎ 2. When do you have math? I have math on Monday, Wednesday and Friday.‎ ‎3. have class 上课 have + 学科 上...课 学习任务：‎ 一、认读并书写本课单词 及短语。‎ ‎ 1.个人自读，记忆单词。‎ ‎ 2.小组互相检查读、写情况。‎ ‎ 3.写出下列单词或短语并展示。‎ ‎ 星期一_____________ 星期二________________ 星期三______________ ‎ ‎ 星期四____________ 星期五_______________ 生物学_______________‎ ‎ 4.在小组内核对答案。‎ ‎ 5.完成1a 所给的日期按正确顺序排序。‎ 二、学会询问对方或他人的喜好并且会表述理由。‎ ‎ 1.掌握询问学习某一学科的时间的句型。‎ ‎ —What's your favorite subject?‎ ‎ —My favorite subject is math.‎ ‎ —Why do you like math?‎ ‎ —Because it's interesting.‎ ‎ —When do you have math?‎ ‎ —I have math on Monday,Wednesday and Friday.‎ ‎2.两人一组，练习对话。‎ ‎3.小组竞争，展示成果。‎ ‎4.利用1b中的单词，做替换练习。‎ ‎5.小组展示。‎ 三、学习2a,2b部分 ‎1. 听录音，记下你听到的学科。‎ ‎2. 核对答案，完成2a。‎ ‎3. 再听一遍录音，完成2b表格。‎ ‎4.利用表格，练习2c中的句型。‎ ‎5.小组展示。‎ ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、根据所给汉语提示或首字母提示完成句子。‎ ‎1.My favourite s is English.‎ ‎ 2. S is the first day of a week.‎ ‎ 3. I have math o Monday, Wednesday and Friday.‎ ‎4.I want to be a (教师) 。‎ ‎5. Tuesday is the (第三 ) day of a week.‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ ‎ 学会谈论自己或别人的喜好并且会表述理由。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、按要求改写句子。‎ ‎1.My favourite subject is English.(对划线部分提问)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎2.Her mother's favourite color is blue.(对划线部分提问)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎3. Mr Chen is our P.E teacher.(对划线部分提问)‎ ‎ ________ is ________ P.E teacher?‎ ‎4. I like math because it's interesting.(对划线部分提问)‎ ‎ ________ _________ you like math?‎ ‎5. We uaually have science on Monday.(对划线部分提问)‎ ‎ _________ ________ you have science?‎ ‎6.He likes some subjects.(改一般疑问句)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎7.Mike has P.E.on Thursday.(对划线部分提问)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎8.Our teacher is very strict.(改否定句)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎【总结反思】 ‎ ‎【课题】 Unit12 section B3a—self-check ( 2课时)‎ ‎【学习目标】‎ ‎1.熟练读出，并能写出本节的单词及重点词语,复习掌握本单元的单词及 短语。‎ ‎2.理解本课短文，并学会以书信的形式向朋友谈论自己的日常学习生活，及自己喜欢的一天。‎ ‎【重点、难点】‎ 以书信的形式向朋友谈论自己的日常学习生活，及自己喜欢的一天。‎ ‎【导学指导】‎ 温故知新利用所学句型谈论喜好并且会表述理由。‎ 自主互助学习 重点剖析 ‎ ‎1. I'm really busy today. 我今天真的很忙。‎ 忙于做某事： be busy with sth. Be busy (in) doing sth. ‎ eg: He is busy doing his homework.‎ He is busy with his homework.他正忙于做作业。‎ ‎2.Our teacher is very strict and he makes me very tired.‎ 我们的老师非常的严格，而且常使我感到很累。‎ ‎1) strict的用法： strict 严格的 ‎① be strict with sb. 对某人严格 My teacher is strict with us. Their parents are really strict with them ‎② be strict in sth. 对某事严格 Our teacher is strict in our homework. He is strict in my work.‎ ‎③be strict with sb. in sth. 对某人在某事方面严格 They are strict with me in my work.‎ Mr Green is strict with his son in his homework.‎ She is strict with her sister in her study.‎ ‎2) make + sb. + (feel) + adj. 使某人感到……，例如：‎ That news really made me (feel) happy.‎ ‎3. 描述性词语。‎ fun interesting boring difficult relaxing exciting tired strict busy ‎4.after lunch / work / school / class…午饭后 / 下班后 / 放学后 / 下课后…‎ run around 到处跑动 和某人一块儿玩 / 用某物玩 ‎5. some (用于肯定句中）any ( 用于否定句及疑问句中） 一些 eg: I have some interesting books.‎ I don't have any brothers or sisters.‎ 学习任务:‎ 一、熟练掌握本课的单词及短语。‎ ‎1.个人自读，记忆本课单词。‎ ‎2.小组互相检查单词阅读情况。‎ 二、学习3a短文。‎ ‎1.自读短文，理解意思。‎ ‎2.小组讨论短文意思。‎ ‎3.小组展示，对抗组质疑纠正。小组内复述，背诵短文。‎ 三、学习3b。‎ ‎1.自读短文，用活动3a中的相关信息完成时间表。‎ 四、完成4部分。‎ ‎1.独立采访自行完成同学喜欢的日子。运用句型What's your favourite day ? Why…? Because…‎ ‎2.根据表格，汇报展示。‎ 五、完成Self -check ‎【课堂练习】‎ 一、用所给词的正确形式填空。‎ ‎1.Homework makes me ____________(tire).‎ ‎2.Music is very ____________(interest).‎ ‎3.My father is ____________(real)busy today.‎ ‎4.____________(Steven)favourite day is Friday.‎ ‎5.I'm sure you like some ____________(subject).I like math and English.‎ ‎【要点归纳】‎ 以书信的形式向朋友谈论自己的日常学习生活，及自己喜欢的一天。‎ ‎【拓展练习】‎ 一、书面表达 以My favourite subject为题写一篇短文。短文必须包含以下内容：‎ ‎1.What's your favourite subject?‎ ‎2.Why do you like it?‎ ‎3.When do you have your favourite subject?‎ My Favourite Subject ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎【总结反思】 ‎ 期中考试练习 一．用所给词的适当形式填空 1. On my way home I met a famous ________(act) yesterday. ‎ 2. I ________ (winner) a prize last term. ‎ 3. I know many ________ (visit) come to China every year. ‎ 4. They always have fun ________(talk) to each other. ‎ 5. They ______(come ) to China two months ago. ‎ 6. Where ______( be ) she last week? ‎ 7. The twins ______( be ) at school this morning. I saw them.‎ 8. ‎______ he ______ ( tell ) you a story last Sunday? ‎ 9. We ______ ( not watch ) TV last night. ‎ 10. Let me ______ ( help ) you. ‎ 11. Listen! Sue ______ ( sing ) an English song. ‎ 12. I ______ ( help ) my mother do housework tomorrow. ‎ 13. Tom always ______ ( get ) up at six o'clock in the morning. ‎ 14. ‎______ ( not close ) the door. ‎ 15. I ______(close) the door just now.‎ 16. She ________ (answer ) my e-mail yesterday.‎ 17. We ______(help) clear up the floor.‎ 18. They _____ (cry) about the lost dog.‎ 19. He ______ (agree) with me.‎ 20. They ______ (play) tennis all day together.‎ 21. You ______ (arrive) too late for the meal 22. They _______ (shop) for clothes all day long ‎ 23. She always _______ (laugh) at others.‎ 24. We _______ (watch) TV yesterday evening.‎ 25. Tina (meet) a famous actor the day before yesterday.‎ 26. Laura and Toby (go)camping next vacation.‎ 27. Mary’s mother likes (take a walk ) after dinner every day.‎ 28. Did Tara (have) a good time on school trip?‎ 29. She (want) to visit Chicago next week.‎ 30. Would you like _______ (come) with me?‎ 31. What about _______ (stay) at home?‎ 32. How about ______ (have) a glass of wine?‎ 33. Would you like ______ (play) computer game?‎ 34. Why not ____ (take) a taxi?‎ 35. Why don’t you ____ (rent) this flat（公寓）?‎ 36. What about _______ (meet) my friend?‎ 37. ‎“Do you like ________(drink)tea?”　“Yes,　I do.”‎ 38. Doing morning exercises __________(be) good for you.‎ 1. Tom’s brothers __________(be) good at soccer.‎ 2. Finally he asked people to stop _________ (talk). ‎ 3. How watermelons do we need?(much)‎ 4. We still need ten .(orange)‎ 5. Would you cut up some for me?(tomato)‎ 6. Ten minutes for you to make your favorite .(sandwich)‎ 7. Our teachers are to us. (friend)‎ 8. I’m sorry. I can’t. I have to _________ (help) my mom.‎ 9. My friend, Roy, 　1　　(die) last year. He 　2　(leave) me his CD player and his collection of CDs. Roy 　3　　(spend) a lot of money on CDs. He 　4　(buy) one or two new CDs every week. He never 　5　(go) to the cinema or to the theatre. He 　6　(stay) at home every evening and　7　　(listen) to music. He often　 8　(lend) CDs to his friends. Sometimes they 　9　(keep) them. He 　10　(lose) many CDs in this way. 二. 根据句子内容完成已给了首字母的单词。‎ ‎1. Tom asked me what that day was and I told him it was M .‎ ‎2. Mary i ___Tim to her birthday party but Tim couldn’t, because he had lots of homework to do.. ‎ ‎3.We need two t_____ of honey.‎ ‎4. We will go to the movie with our parents on W .‎ ‎5. Thank you for your i_______ to visit, but I have to go to the d .I have got a toothache.‎ ‎6. You should write everything you have to do next week on the c .‎ ‎7. You should a_____ some water to the soup.‎ ‎8. Mary can’t go on a trip. She has to study for a g test.‎ ‎9. Let’s make a banana milk s .‎ ‎10. First, you should p the bananas, and then cut them up.‎ ‎11. How much y do we need?‎ ‎12. He gave his daughter a large a________ of money.‎ ‎13. You should m up the ingredients.‎ ‎14.Shirley Temple b____ a movie star when he was 3 years old.‎ ‎15.Li Yundi is a w ____ Chinese pianist.‎ ‎16.Wan Hao won another m_____ last week.‎ 三，根据汉语完成句子。 １．Please ___________（把牛奶倒进果汁机中）。 ２．They lived there ___________（大约5年）. ３． Add some sauce and ___________（把所有的原料混合在一起） ４．What is ___________（学英语的正确方法） ５．Do you know how to make chicken sandwiches, and turkey ６．sandwiches, please write down the ___________（说明） ‎ ‎７．First, put ___________（一些调味品）on a slice of bread. ８．They needed ___________（两茶匙糖）just now. ９．Please write down the a (数量)of the ingredients for making fruit salad.‎ ‎１０．If you want to make a chicken sandwich, you should follow the i______(指令).‎ ‎１１．F (最后), he beat me in the tennis game.‎ ‎１２．Put another s (片) of bread on the top.‎ ‎１３．Please fill in the blanks and then c (核对) the answers.‎ 四，句型转换。‎ 1. Lucy did her homework at home. (改否定句)‎ 2. Lucy _________ her homework at home.‎ 3. He found some meat in the fridge. (变一般疑问句)‎ a) ‎___ he _______ meat in the fridge?‎ 4. She stayed there for a week. (对划线部分提问)‎ a) ‎____________ she ____ there?‎ 5. There was some orange in the cup. (变一般疑问句)‎ a) ‎____ there ___ orange in the cup? ‎ 6. I went to Hefei yesterday. (改为一般疑问句) ‎ 7. ‎________ you ______to Hefei yesterday? ‎ 8. The weather was very bad. (改为否定句) ‎ 9. The weather ________ ________ very bad. ‎ 10. The girls had a good time on the school trip.(改为同义句) ‎ 11. The girls ______ ______ on the school trip. ‎ 12. The science teacher cleaned the bus yesterday afternoon. (对划线部分提问) ‎ 13. ‎________ ________the science teacher ________ yesterday afternoon? ‎ 14. Tina got Jack Dean's autograph. (对划线部分提问) ‎ 15. ‎________________________________________________‎ 16. Mike is taller than any other boys in his class.（改为同义句）‎ a) Mike is __________ __________ boy in his class.‎ 17. Li Ping doesn't run as far as Wang Lin.（改为同义句）‎ a) Wang Lin __________ __________ __________ Li Ping.‎ 18. This bag is very big.（改为感叹句）‎ ‎________ big the ________ _________!‎ 19. I'd like you to meet my teacher.(对划线部分提问)‎ a) ‎__________ would you like __________ __________ __________?‎ 20. Her father and mother are both doctors.（改为同义句）‎ a) ‎__________her father ______ her mother are doctors.‎ 21. They are going to meet at the gate of the park.(对划线部分提问)‎ a) ‎__________ __________ __________ going to meet?‎ 2. My box is heavy.Jim's box is heavier.（改为同义句）‎ a) Jim's box is heavier __________ __________.‎ 3. The twins are twelve. Kate is eleven.（改为同义句）‎ a) Kate is _______ __________ __________ than the twins.‎ 4. The teachers are watching TV in the meeting room.(对划线部分提问)‎ a) ‎________ ________ _________ _________ _________ in the meeting room?‎ 5. What does he often do that for? （改为同义句）‎ ‎_____ ____ he often do that?‎ 6. He needs some bananas.（就画线部分提问）‎ ‎＿＿＿＿＿　＿＿＿＿bananas does he need?‎ 7. The girl drinks two cups of milk. （就画线部分提问）‎ ‎＿＿＿＿＿＿　＿＿＿＿＿milk does the girl drink?‎ 8. My mother doesn’t buy anything in the shop.（改为同义句）‎ a) My mother in the shop.‎ 9. You make a banana milk shake for me. Thanks. （改为同义句）‎ you a banana milk shake for me.‎ ‎３０．He made a chicken sandwich like this. （就画线部分提问）‎ ‎＿＿＿＿＿　＿＿＿＿he a chicken sandwich?‎ 五．完成句子。‎ ‎1.谢谢你邀请我去你的生日宴会。‎ Thank you for _______ me _______your birthday party.‎ ‎2.星期三，我要参加校队的网球训练。‎ On Wednesday, I have to ______ _______ ____ ______the school team.‎ ‎3.我必须为我的化学测验做准备。‎ I ____ ____ ______ _____ my ______ ______.‎ ‎4.你能来我家讨论自然科学报告吗？‎ Can you _____ ______ _____ my house ______ ______ the science report.‎ ‎5.正如你所见，在某些方面我们看起来一样。‎ ‎______ _______ _______ _______,_______　____　_____ we look the same.‎ ‎6.李平比我外向一点。‎ Li Ping is ______ ______ ______ _______ than me.‎ ‎7.我的朋友和我一样。我们都很安静。‎ My friend is _____ _______ _____ me, we _____ ______ quiet.‎ ‎8.至于我，一个好朋友喜欢做和我一样的事情，并且逗我笑。‎ ‎___ ____, a good friend ____ _____ ____ the same things as me and ____ me ____‎ ‎9.我想区别在友谊中并不重要。‎ I think ________ are not ________ _____ a _________.‎ ‎10首先，放两勺作料在三明治上。‎ First, _____ two ______ ____ _____ on the sandwish.‎ 六．按要求填空 A.用比较级形式填空 ‎1.Tom's bike is new, but John's bike is__________.‎ ‎2.Tom's schoolbag is big, but John's schoolbag is__________.‎ ‎3.Tom's house is small, but John's house is even__________.‎ ‎4.Tom's coat is long, but John's coat is even __________.‎ ‎5.Tom's desk is good, but John's desk is __________.‎ B.用给出的形容词比较级填空 ‎1.He is __________ (young) __________ I am.‎ ‎2.Mr Smith is much __________ (old) __________ his wife.‎ ‎3.Chicago is __________ (big) __________ Paris.‎ ‎4.This book is __________ (good) __________ that one.‎ ‎5.The weather this winter is __________ (bad) __________ the weather last winter.‎ ‎6.The weather today is __________ (warm) __________ the weather yesterday.‎ ‎7.This summer is __________ (hot) __________ last summer.‎ ‎8.This exercise is __________ (easy) __________ the last one.‎ ‎9.She is __________ (tall) __________ her brother.‎ ‎10.She is a __________ (good) student __________ her brother is.‎ C.写出下列形容词的比较级和最高级 ‎1.few _______ ________2.hungry ____ ________‎ ‎3.late ________ _______ 4.early ______ ________‎ ‎5.easy _______ _______6.high _______ ________‎ ‎7.good ______ __________8.short ________‎ ‎9.small _______ ________10.fine _______ _____‎ D.用形容词的比较级和最高级填空 ‎1.Jim is young, but Tom is __________.‎ ‎2.My book is new, but yours is __________ than mine.‎ ‎3.My box is very heavy, but his is ________ than mine, and hers is ______ of all.‎ ‎4.Chen Guang's ruler is __________ than Zhao Lan's.(long)‎ ‎5.Their red kite is high. The green one is ________. The yellow one is _______.‎ ‎6.Miss Gao is earlier than Mr.Wu.She is __________ in the school.‎ ‎7.John's picture is very nice. But Sam's is __________.‎ ‎8.—Which is ___ (big), the sun or the moon?—The sun is much ___ than the moon.‎ 七．用词的适当形式填空：‎ ‎1. Check you have all the _________(ingredient).‎ ‎ 2. This his_________ (finally) exam. ‎ ‎3. There’s no need_______ (worry) about his study. ‎ ‎4. I like Chinese tea __________(with) anything in it. ‎ ‎5. Listen! Who_____ (sing) in the next room? ‎ ‎6. Most of the _________(Australia) speak English, too.‎ ‎ 7. The busiest________ (shop) center is on Green Road. ‎ ‎8. They need another___________ (pair) of shoes.‎ ‎ 9. Write a sentence with the words _____________(give). ‎ ‎10. He doesn’t know the bear has two __________(foot). ‎ The tigers’ _______(tooth) are very sharp.‎ ‎11. How many ________ (teacher) are there in your school?‎ ‎12. I have three __________( watch ).‎ ‎13.Our team is strong enough to win the c______ next week.‎ ‎14. I like __________(tomato) and __________ ( chicken).‎ ‎15. Alice ______ (write) two letters to her parents last week.　‎ ‎16. Tina, let me_______(make) fruit salad　for　ｙｏｕ.‎ ‎17. Oh, it ______(rain) last night, so the ground is wet now.‎ ‎18. Tom is a little _______ ( strong) than Mike.‎ ‎19. I think English is __________(important) than any other subject.‎ ‎20. My mother ________( take) the bus to work every day.　‎ ‎21. Look! The bus _________ (come). ‎ ‎22. He ______(not go) home yesterday afternoon. ‎ ‎23. ______ you ______ (find) work in Hefei last year? ‎ ‎24. Tom usually ______ (walk) to school.‎ ‎25. The moon ______ (move) round the earth. ‎ ‎26. The children ______ (watch) TV at home every evening.‎ ‎27. -What ______ you ______ (do) tomorrow? -Nothing much. ‎ ‎28. -Where is Jim? -He ______ (mend) his bike in the garden. ‎ ‎29.I had two__________( sandwich) yesterday.‎ 1. Shirley Temple b_________ a movie star when he was 3 years old.‎ 2. Li Yundi is a w ____________ Chinese pianist.‎ 3. ‎ Amadeus Mozart was a great p_________, he wrote a great deal of music.‎ 4. He is a t________ basketball player.‎ 5. ‎4. Wan Hao won another m________ last week.‎ 6. My elder brother j_______ the Army(军队)and became a soldier last year.‎ 八．用所给动词的适当形式填空 ‎1、She stopped _______(sneeze) after she saw a doctor.‎ ‎2、When did she ______ ( become) a teacher?‎ ‎3、He ____＿(drive) a car very well. I think he is a good ‎ ______(drive).‎ ‎4、You are too young ________ (go) to school.‎ ‎5、She started ________ ( hiccup) in 1990.‎ ‎6、Jordan ________ (be) born in 1975.‎ ‎7、Linda, with a lot of flowers, _____(come) from Beijing.‎ ‎8、He wants _____(become) a film star when he grows up.‎ ‎9、She _____ (can) count from 1 to 100 when she was four years old.‎ ‎10.She learned ____ (ride) a bike from her father many years ago.‎ ‎11. He is a kind and _________(love) man.‎ ‎12 He can play many __________ ( piece ) of music.‎ ‎13、The animal is ill. But it's ______(live)‎ ‎14、Her mother ________ (take) part in the competition at the age of four.‎ ‎15.________ ( unlucky), he didn't come to school too late.‎ ‎16.I _______ (visit) Hainan last summer and I saw some ________(visit) from the USA.‎ ‎17. He _______( win ) the first prize . He is the _________(win) of the English Competition.‎ 九．句型转换 ‎1、I want to enter the Piano Competition .‎ I want to ______ _______ ______ the Piano Competition .‎ ‎2、Christmas Day is on December 25th.‎ Christmas Day is on_____ _______ _______ _______.‎ ‎3、She was late yesterday because she was ill.‎ She was late yesterday ________ ________ her illness.‎ ‎4、He had a party at home on weekend.（一般疑问）‎ ‎ ____ he ___ a party at home on weekend?‎ ‎5、He sneezed for one minute.（提问）‎ ‎ _____ _____ ____ he sneeze?‎ 十．单项选择 ‎（ ）1、 We spent three hours _______ our homework. ‎ ‎ A. do B. in doing C. to do ‎ ‎（ ）2、The boy was born _______ the 3rd of July,1989. ‎ ‎ A. in B. on C, at ‎ ‎（ ）3、We didn't go out to play _______ the bad weather. ‎ ‎ A. because B. because of C. met ‎（ ）4、There are ten _______ in the CD. ‎ ‎ A. piece of music B. musics C. pieces of music ‎（ ）5、He ______ all his free time in playing the piano. ‎ ‎ A. spends B. takes C. costs ‎ ‎（ ）6、He is a kind man _____ Lei Feng. ‎ ‎ A. call B. called C. name ‎ ‎（ ）7、She is ______ old to walk so long. ‎ ‎ A. too B.so C. very ‎（ ）8、What did he start ______? ‎ ‎ A. play piano B. playing piano C. playing the piano ‎（ ）9、He _______ for 69 years. ‎ ‎ A. hiccuped B. hiccupped C. hiccupping ‎ ‎（ ）10、______ you born in 1982? ‎ ‎ A. Did B. Were C. Are ‎ ‎（ ）11、We watched a movie ____ living in the future. ‎ ‎ A. about B. of C. for ‎（ ）12、Chengdu is famous ____ FuNan River. ‎ ‎ A. for B. on C. to ‎（ ）13、We all _____ her for her quik mind. ‎ ‎ A. admire B. enjoy C. hate ‎（ ）14、He ____ a speaking competition this summer holiday. ‎ ‎ A. takes part in B. joined C. took part in ‎（ ）15、He spends his free time ___ TV series. ‎ ‎ A. to see B. to watch C. watching ‎ 七年级英语期中考试考前小练习 二、单项选择题，从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个可以填入句中空白处的最佳答案。 (共15小题，每小题1分，计15分)‎ ‎( )21.下面哪组字母含有相同的元音音素？‎ A. BC B. GA C. H L D. OW ‎( )22. This is ________ interesting book. ________book is Tom’s.‎ ‎ A. an, A B. an ,The C. a, A D. the, The ‎( )23.We often have supper ________six ________the evening.‎ ‎ A. at, in B. in, in C. in, on D. at, on ‎( )24. —Andy, are these your toys? —________‎ ‎ A. Yes, there are. B. Yes, they are. C. Yes, these are. D. Yes, it is.‎ ‎( )25. Miss Gu teaches ________ English this term. She is ________ favourite teacher.‎ ‎ A. our, my B. us, my C. my, our D. us, mine ‎( )26. We know the boy_________ from England, but where_________ his mother come from?‎ A. am，do B. is，is C. are，does D. is，does ‎ ‎ ( )27 . Is there any ________ in the fridge?‎ A. oranges juices B. orange juice C. oranges juice D. orange juices ‎( )28 . My daughter ________ beef ________milk.‎ ‎ A. don’t like, and B. doesn’t like, or ‎ C. doesn’t like, and D. don’t like, or ‎( )29. Why not ________to the Salt Museum? It’s very wonderful.‎ ‎ A. going B. go C. to go D. goes ‎( )30. ________! Can you ________any birds in the tree?‎ A. Look, look B. See, look C. See, see D. Look, see ‎( )31. I don’t have ________apples but I have ________pears.‎ A. some, some B. some, any C. any, some D. any, any ‎ ‎( )32. Here ______ his black trousers.‎ A.be B. am C. is D. are ‎( )33. She doesn’t take a bus ________home, but she takes a bus ________ school.‎ A. to, to B /, / C /, to D to, /‎ ‎( )34. —________is your new English like? — He is very nice.‎ ‎ A. How B. When C. Why D. What ‎ ‎( )35. — You look cool in a red shirt and white trousers. —________. ‎ ‎ A. Thank you. B. I think so. C. Of course. D. No, I don’t.‎ B、任务型阅读, 根据短文内容完成下表，每空一词。(共10小题，每小题1分，计10分)‎ What do you think are important(重要) inventions( 发明) in the world? The TV? The printer(打印机)? The telephone? Or the computer? A report（报道）shows that they are not the only important inventions. Here are three other important inventions.‎ One of the important inventions is the toilet. Before toilets, waste（废物）ran into rivers from people’s houses. Illnesses（疾病）were common (常见的) in big cities, and it was often hard to find clean drinking water.‎ Animal food is another important invention. Before the invention, people killed most animals every autumn because there was not enough(足够的) food for them in winter. After hay(干草) became a kind of common(普通的) animal food, animals could live through the long winter.‎ The third great invention is glasses. Glasses help people read, write and do “close work” after the age of 45. Without(没有) glasses, the world would be hard for the people over（在…以上） 45.‎ Important Inventions Some important inventions Three other important inventions Before the inventions ‎▲The 56 ‎ ‎▲The printer ‎▲The telephone ‎▲The 58 ‎ Waste ran into rivers from 60 houses.‎ Illnesses were common in 61 cities.‎ It was often hard to find clean ‎ ‎ 62 water.‎ ‎▲The 57 ‎ ‎▲Hay /Animal food People killed most animals in autumn because there wasn’t enough 63 in winter.‎ ‎▲ 59 ‎ Reading, writing and “close work” would be hard for the people 64 45 years old 65 glasses.‎ B. 根据句意用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空。‎ ‎71. I have two cats. Can you look after ____________ (it) when I am out?‎ ‎72. ----What’s the weather like today? -----It’s ____________(sun) today.‎ ‎73. This book isn’t mine. It’s____________（she）.‎ ‎74.We want to know____________ (much) about the moon.‎ ‎75. Look! the elephant’s____________ (foot) are so big.‎ C.根据首字母或音标写出单词的适当形式。‎ ‎76. Tom, it’s time____________ (have) breakfast. .x k b 1.c o m ‎77. Would you like____________ (play) football with us?‎ ‎78. Let’s____________ (be) good friends, shall we?‎ ‎79. Do you enjoy____________(listen) to Zhou Jielun’s songs after class?‎ ‎80. It’s 9:30p.m. Please stop____________(make) model planes. You must go to sleep. ‎ D.首字母填空,根据短文内容和首字母提示，在下文空格处填入适当的词使短文完整。（每空一词）‎ Miss Li is a worker. She w 81 in a big factory. She gets up a 82 five every morning. She often h 83 breakfast at 6:30. After that she goes to the factory by bike. She cleans the machines（机器）when she gets there very e 84 . Then her workmates(同事) come. They b 85 to work at 8:00. They all work very hard.‎ She goes home at four thirty. Then she does h 86 .After supper, she r 87 books. Sometimes she tells her father and mother a 88 her factory. S 89 she watches TV with them. She goes to bed l 90 ‎ ‎81. _________ 82. _________ 83.__________ 84. ________ 85.__________‎ ‎86.__________ 87._________ 88.__________ 89._________ 90.__________‎ 六、写作 （共20分）‎ A、根据所给提示完成下列句子。(共5小题，每小题2分，计10分)‎ ‎91.这个星期日去水街怎么样？‎ ‎____________ ____________ going to the Water Street this Sunday?‎ ‎92.我妈妈每天花半小时洗衣服。‎ It ____________ my mother half an hour to____________ ____________ every day.‎ ‎93.李娜擅长打网球吗？‎ ‎____________ Li Na good at playing tennis? Yes, she does it very well.‎ ‎94.我不知道如何照料金鱼。‎ I don’t know how to ____________ ____________ goldfish.‎ ‎95.Millie的爸爸给她买一只大黄鸭当生日礼物。‎ Millie’s father ____________ a big yellow duck____________her as a birthday present. ‎ 七年级英语期中检测试卷3‎ 题号 一 二 三 四 总 分 得分 二．基础知识（30分）‎ I. 根据句意，用所给词的正确形式填空。（5分）‎ ‎1. ______________ name is Linda.(she)‎ ‎2. Those are my _____________________________. (tomato)‎ ‎3. ____________________ for the great photo of your family. (thank)‎ ‎4. ______________ Mike have a baseball? (do)‎ ‎5. That ____________________ good. (sound)‎ ‎6. He only __________________ TV at home. (watch)‎ ‎7. Sue __________ a great sports collection. (have)‎ ‎8. We eat lots of ___________________ food. (health)‎ ‎9. Do you think this book is ____________________? (bore v. 使厌烦)‎ ‎10. Let’s ________________ football. (play)‎ II. 单项选择填空。(15分)‎ ‎( )1. What’s this ___________?‎ ‎ A. in english B. In English C. in an English D. in English ‎( )2. ____________ is my English teacher.‎ A. Paul Smith B. Smith Paul C. Kate Linda D. Linda Kate ‎( )3. There’s __________ “u” and __________ “l” in the word “ruler”.‎ A. a, a B. an, an C. a, an D. an, a ‎( )4. Sorry. This is not _____________ eraser.‎ ‎ A. an B. my an C. a my D. an my ‎( )5. Is that your mouse? No, ______________.‎ ‎ A. it is B. it isn’t C. that is D. that isn’t ‎( )6. ____________ you know the girl ________ red?‎ ‎ A. Are, with B. Are, in C. Do, of D. Do, in ‎( )7. My father_________ lunch at home.‎ ‎ A. hasn’t B. haven’t C. don’t have D. doesn’t have ‎( )8. Can you play soccer? ________.‎ ‎ A. Yes, I do B. No, I can’t C. Yes, I can D. B and C ‎( )9. Look! Some salad ___________ here and some hamburgers _________ on the plate.‎ ‎ A. is, is B. are, are C. is, are D. are, is ‎( )10. Thank you very much. ______________‎ ‎ A. All right. B. Right. C. That’s right. D. You’re welcome.‎ ‎( )11. What color _________ Jim’s shoes? ______ black.‎ ‎ A. is, It’s B. are, They’re C. is, Its D. are, They looks ‎( )12. What do you like playing? _______________.‎ ‎ A. Basketball B. A basketball C. A volleyball D. A and C ‎( )13. _________ your parents _____________ good friends?‎ ‎ A. Is, you B. Are, your C. Do, have D. B and C ‎( )14. Tom _________ two good friends. They __________ fourteen.‎ ‎ A. have, are B. has, have C. has, are D. is, are ‎( )15. My good friend’s name is Jim Green. Green is his ___________.‎ ‎ A. first name B. last name C. family name D. B and C Ⅲ. 句型转换，按要求改写句子，每空一词。（10分）‎ ‎1. The ball is under the bed. (对划线部分提问) 　　_________________ is the ball?‎ ‎2. This is an apple tree.（变为复数形式）‎ ‎_______________ _______________ ________________ _________________？‎ ‎3. My grandfather likes chicken. (对划线部分提问) ‎ ‎_______________ ________________ your grandfather __________________?‎ ‎4. My telephone number is 7223567. (对划线部分提问) ‎ ‎_________________ _______________ your telephone number?‎ 三．交际运用（15分）‎ I. 根据句意补全对话，每空一词。（10分）‎ A：Hi, Steve! ________________(1) is the man with you? ‎ B：Oh, that’s my _____________(2), my mother’s brother. He is ________________(3) famous doctor(著名的医生) in the USA.‎ A：______________(4) he in the USA?‎ B: Yes, but he’ll(将) be in our hospital(医院) later on(今后).‎ A: That’s great! May(可以) I know(知道) _____________(5) name, please?‎ B: Sure, that’s Jason Hall.‎ A: Hello, Jason! __________________(6) to meet you!‎ C: Nice to meet you, ______________(7). Are you Steve’s classmates(同学)?‎ A: Yes, and we’re best(最好的) ____________(8).‎ C: Aren’t you? Great! Welcome ________________(9) our home to play.‎ A: Thanks a lot. ________________(10). C: Bye!‎ II. 选择最佳答案。(5分)‎ ‎( )1. 当你早上遇见老师的时候，你应该说________。‎ A. Good morning. B. Excuse me. C. Sorry. D. Thank you.‎ ‎( )2. 当你踩了别人的脚时，你应该说________。‎ A. Excuse me. B. Hi. C. Sorry. D. Thank you.‎ ‎( )3. 当你想向别人借东西的时候，你应该说________。‎ A. Sorry. B. Thank you. C. Hello. D. Excuse me.‎ ‎( )4. 当别人帮助你的时候，你应该说________。‎ A. Sorry. B. Goodbye. C. That’s all right. D. Thank you.‎ ‎( )5. 当你要和朋友分开的时候，你应该说________。‎ A. Goodbye. B. Thanks. C. You’re my friend. D. Sorry.‎ 四．阅读理解与书面表达（45分）‎ I．完形填空。(20分)‎ A)阅读下面短文，然后选择一个最佳答案。(10分) ‎ Ed White 1 a great 2 collection(收集). He has 7 tennis 3 , 3 baseballs and 9 basketballs. 4 has 4 soccer 5 and 2 volleyballs. He 6 play sports, he 7 watches 8 on 9 . He thinks they are 10 . ‎ ‎( 　 )1. A. have B. is C. has D. there ‎( 　 )2. A. sports B. sport C. play D. have ‎( 　 )3. A. ball B. bats C. sports D. rackets ‎( 　 )4. A. She B. He C. It D. I ‎( 　 )5. A. ball B. balls C. baseball D. tennis ‎( 　 )6. A. doesn’t B. don’t C. likes D. like ‎( 　 )7. A. also B. but C. much D. only ‎( 　 )8. A. it B. us C. him D. them ‎( 　 )9. A. photo B. phone C. TV D. sports ‎( 　 )10. A. interesting B. boring C. difficult D. easy B)根据所给的首字母提示写单词, 完成下面的短文。(10分)‎ My name is Tony. I have got a big f_____________. There are many(许多) p____________ in my family. They are my g______________, my grandmother, my p____________, my sister and I. I haven’t got any brothers. I study(学习) in a school in Beijing. It’s very big. There are(有) many s____________ in our school. In front of(在……的前面) our classroom there is a b________________. We can write(写字) on it. There are forty(四十) d_____________ and c_______________ in our classroom. Miss Li is our teacher. There is a c____________ on Miss Li’s desk. But there aren’t any computers on our desks. I love my family. And I love my school a____________ teachers.‎ II．不仅仅是欣赏，还有任务啊。（15分） ‎ ‎( A )‎ Lost My English dictionary.‎ My name is Linda.‎ Please call 4827369.‎ Found A set of keys.‎ Please call Tony.‎ Phone 8675143.‎ 根据上面的信息，判断下列句子正(T)误(F)。（5分）‎ ‎( )1. Linda lost her keys.‎ ‎( )2. The phone number of Linda is 4827369.‎ ‎( )3. Tony found a set of keys.‎ ‎( )4.The phone number of Tony is 8675143.‎ ‎( )5. Grade found an English dictionary, she can call Linda at 8675143.‎ ‎ ( B )‎ I’m a new student here. My name is Gina. I’m twelve years old. Look at this family photo. These are my grandfather and my grandmother and those are my mother and my father. Here are my sister and I. I live(居住) in Shanghai now. My telephone number is 5354567.‎ 根据短文内容，完成下列句子，每空一词。(5分)‎ ‎1. Gina is new in S__________________.‎ ‎2. There are(有) ________________ people in her family.‎ ‎3. Her father has __________ children(孩子).‎ ‎4. Gina has t_______________ and n________________ is 5354567.‎ ‎( C )‎ One afternoon David plays football in front of(在……前面) a house(房子) with his classmates. A young woman comes up and asks him, “David, is your father at home?” “Yes, he is.” Answers the boy. Then(然后) the young woman goes to press(按) the bell(门铃). The bell rings(响) and rings, but no one comes to open the door. The young woman gets angry(生气), and calls to him, “You tell me your father is at home, don’t you?” “Yes, my father is at home, but my home isn’t here.”‎ 根据短文内容，选择正确答案。（5分）‎ ‎( ) 1. One ________ David and his classmates _______ in front of a house.‎ A. evening; play basketball B. afternoon; play football C. morning; do the housework D. afternoon; play basketball ‎( ) 2. David and his classmates are __________ a house.‎ A. in B. at C. in front of D. behind ‎( ) 3. A young woman comes up and asks ___________ a question.‎ A. David B. David’s classmates C. David’s father D. David’s friend ‎( ) 4. Is David’s father at home?‎ A. Yes, he is. B. No, he isn’t. C. I don’t know. D. Only David knows.‎ ‎( ) 5. No one(没有人) comes to open the door because(因为) _____________.‎ A. David’s father don’t want to meet her B. there is no one in the house C. David tells her a lie(撒谎) D. his father is playing football III. 书面表达。 ( 10分) ‎ ‎ 假如你是Tommy，请给你的朋友写一张便条,请他/她从你的房间取四样东西。说清这些物品在哪里。40词左右。‎ Dear ____________,‎ Please take these things ___________________________________________‎ ‎_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ Thanks,‎ ‎ Tommy